]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
Warn about output files that are generated by the skeletons and that
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
16 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
17 @c @set defaultprec
18
19 @ifnotinfo
20 @syncodeindex fn cp
21 @syncodeindex vr cp
22 @syncodeindex tp cp
23 @end ifnotinfo
24 @ifinfo
25 @synindex fn cp
26 @synindex vr cp
27 @synindex tp cp
28 @end ifinfo
29 @comment %**end of header
30
31 @copying
32
33 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
34 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
35
36 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
37 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38
39 @quotation
40 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
41 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
42 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
43 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
44 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
45 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
46 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
47
48 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
49 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
50 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
51 @acronym{GNU} development.''
52 @end quotation
53 @end copying
54
55 @dircategory Software development
56 @direntry
57 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
58 @end direntry
59
60 @titlepage
61 @title Bison
62 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
63 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
64
65 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
66
67 @page
68 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
69 @insertcopying
70 @sp 2
71 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
72 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
73 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
74 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
75 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
76 @sp 2
77 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
78 @end titlepage
79
80 @contents
81
82 @ifnottex
83 @node Top
84 @top Bison
85 @insertcopying
86 @end ifnottex
87
88 @menu
89 * Introduction::
90 * Conditions::
91 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
92 how you can copy and share Bison
93
94 Tutorial sections:
95 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
96 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
97
98 Reference sections:
99 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
100 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
101 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
102 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
103 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
104 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
105 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
106 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
107 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
108 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
109 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
110 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
111 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
112 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
113
114 @detailmenu
115 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
116
117 The Concepts of Bison
118
119 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
120 as mathematical ideas.
121 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
122 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
123 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
124 the name of an identifier, etc.).
125 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
126 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
127 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
128 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
129 how is the output used?
130 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
131 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
132
133 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
134
135 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
136 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
137 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
138 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
139
140 Examples
141
142 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
143 a first example with no operator precedence.
144 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
145 Operator precedence is introduced.
146 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
147 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
148 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
149 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
150 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
151
152 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
153
154 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
155 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
156 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
157 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
158 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
159 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
160 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
161
162 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
163
164 * Rpcalc Input::
165 * Rpcalc Line::
166 * Rpcalc Expr::
167
168 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
169
170 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
171 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
172 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
173
174 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
175
176 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
177 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
178 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
179
180 Bison Grammar Files
181
182 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
183 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
184 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
185 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
186 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
187 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
188 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
189 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
190
191 Outline of a Bison Grammar
192
193 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
194 * Prologue Alternatives:: Syntax and usage of alternatives to the prologue.
195 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
196 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
197 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
198
199 Defining Language Semantics
200
201 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
202 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
203 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
204 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
205 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
206 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
207 action in the middle of a rule.
208
209 Tracking Locations
210
211 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
212 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
213 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
214
215 Bison Declarations
216
217 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
218 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
219 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
220 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
221 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
222 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
223 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
224 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
225 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
226 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
227 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
228
229 Parser C-Language Interface
230
231 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
232 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
233 which reads tokens.
234 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
235 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
236 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
237 native language.
238
239 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
240
241 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
242 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
243 of the token it has read.
244 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
245 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
246 actions want that.
247 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
248 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
249
250 The Bison Parser Algorithm
251
252 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
253 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
254 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
255 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
256 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
257 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
258 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
259 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
260 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
261
262 Operator Precedence
263
264 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
265 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
266 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
267 * How Precedence:: How they work.
268
269 Handling Context Dependencies
270
271 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
272 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
273 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
274 error recovery rules must be written.
275
276 Debugging Your Parser
277
278 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
279 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
280
281 Invoking Bison
282
283 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
284 in alphabetical order by short options.
285 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
286 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
287
288 C++ Language Interface
289
290 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
291 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
292
293 C++ Parsers
294
295 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
296 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
297 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
298 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
299 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
300
301 A Complete C++ Example
302
303 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
304 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
305 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
306 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
307 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
308
309 Frequently Asked Questions
310
311 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
312 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
313 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
314 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
315 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
316 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
317 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
318 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
319 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
320 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
321 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
322 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
323
324 Copying This Manual
325
326 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
327
328 @end detailmenu
329 @end menu
330
331 @node Introduction
332 @unnumbered Introduction
333 @cindex introduction
334
335 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts an
336 annotated context-free grammar into an @acronym{LALR}(1) or
337 @acronym{GLR} parser for that grammar. Once you are proficient with
338 Bison, you can use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
339 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
340
341 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
342 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
343 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
344 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
345
346 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
347 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
348 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
349 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
350
351 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
352 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
353 multi-character string literals and other features.
354
355 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
356
357 @node Conditions
358 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
359
360 The distribution terms for Bison-generated parsers permit using the
361 parsers in nonfree programs. Before Bison version 2.2, these extra
362 permissions applied only when Bison was generating @acronym{LALR}(1)
363 parsers in C@. And before Bison version 1.24, Bison-generated
364 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
365
366 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
367 compiler, have never
368 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
369 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
370 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
371 License to all of the Bison source code.
372
373 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
374 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
375 parser's implementation. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
376 into this implementation at one point, but most of the rest of the
377 implementation is not changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL}
378 terms to the skeleton code for the parser's implementation,
379 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
380
381 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
382 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
383 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
384 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
385 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
386 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
387
388 This exception applies when Bison is generating code for a parser.
389 You can tell whether the exception applies to a Bison output file by
390 inspecting the file for text beginning with ``As a special
391 exception@dots{}''. The text spells out the exact terms of the
392 exception.
393
394 @include gpl.texi
395
396 @node Concepts
397 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
398
399 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
400 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
401 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
402
403 @menu
404 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
405 as mathematical ideas.
406 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
407 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
408 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
409 the name of an identifier, etc.).
410 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
411 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
412 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
413 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
414 how is the output used?
415 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
416 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
417 @end menu
418
419 @node Language and Grammar
420 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
421
422 @cindex context-free grammar
423 @cindex grammar, context-free
424 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
425 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
426 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
427 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
428 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
429 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
430 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
431 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
432 recursion.
433
434 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
435 @cindex Backus-Naur form
436 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
437 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
438 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
439 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
440 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
441
442 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
443 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
444 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
445 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
446 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
447 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
448 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
449 token of lookahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
450 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
451 restrictions that are
452 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
453 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
454 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
455 more information on this.
456
457 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
458 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
459 @cindex ambiguous grammars
460 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
461
462 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
463 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
464 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
465 (called a @dfn{lookahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
466 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
467 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
468 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
469 lookahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
470 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
471 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
472 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
473 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
474 possible parses of any given string is finite.
475
476 @cindex symbols (abstract)
477 @cindex token
478 @cindex syntactic grouping
479 @cindex grouping, syntactic
480 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
481 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
482 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
483 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
484 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
485 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
486 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
487
488 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
489 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
490 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
491 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
492 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
493 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
494 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
495 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
496 lexicography, not grammar.)
497
498 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
499
500 @ifinfo
501 @example
502 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
503 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
504 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
505 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
506 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,}
507 @r{identifier, semicolon} */
508 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
509 @end example
510 @end ifinfo
511 @ifnotinfo
512 @example
513 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
514 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
515 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
516 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
517 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
518 @end example
519 @end ifnotinfo
520
521 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
522 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
523 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
524 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
525 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
526 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
527 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
528 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
529
530 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
531 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
532 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
533 reads informally as follows:
534
535 @quotation
536 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
537 `semicolon'.
538 @end quotation
539
540 @noindent
541 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
542 statement in C.
543
544 @cindex start symbol
545 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
546 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
547 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
548 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
549 plays this role.
550
551 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
552 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
553 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
554 not the start symbol.
555
556 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
557 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
558 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
559 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
560 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
561 reports a syntax error.
562
563 @node Grammar in Bison
564 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
565 @cindex Bison grammar
566 @cindex grammar, Bison
567 @cindex formal grammar
568
569 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
570 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
571 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
572
573 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
574 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
575 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
576
577 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
578 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
579 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
580 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
581 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
582 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
583 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
584 @xref{Symbols}.
585
586 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
587 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
588 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
589 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
590
591 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
592 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
593
594 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
595 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
596 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
597 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
598 used in every rule.
599
600 @example
601 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
602 ;
603 @end example
604
605 @noindent
606 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
607
608 @node Semantic Values
609 @section Semantic Values
610 @cindex semantic value
611 @cindex value, semantic
612
613 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
614 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
615 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
616 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
617 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
618 grammatical.
619
620 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
621 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
622 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
623 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
624 ,Defining Language Semantics},
625 for details.
626
627 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
628 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
629 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
630 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
631 except their types.
632
633 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
634 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
635 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
636 need to have any semantic value.)
637
638 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
639 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
640 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
641 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
642 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
643 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
644
645 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
646 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
647 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
648 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
649 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
650
651 @node Semantic Actions
652 @section Semantic Actions
653 @cindex semantic actions
654 @cindex actions, semantic
655
656 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
657 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
658 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
659 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
660 @xref{Actions}.
661
662 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
663 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
664 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
665 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
666 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
667 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
668 newly recognized larger expression.
669
670 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
671 two subexpressions:
672
673 @example
674 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
675 ;
676 @end example
677
678 @noindent
679 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
680 from the values of the two subexpressions.
681
682 @node GLR Parsers
683 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
684 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
685 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
686 @findex %glr-parser
687 @cindex conflicts
688 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
689 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
690
691 In some grammars, Bison's standard
692 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
693 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
694 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
695 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
696 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
697 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
698 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
699 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
700
701 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
702 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
703 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
704 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
705 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
706 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
707 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
708 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
709 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
710 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
711 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
712 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
713 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
714 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
715 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
716 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
717 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
718 identical set of symbols.
719
720 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
721 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
722 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
723 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
724 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
725 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
726 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
727 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
728 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
729 merged result.
730
731 @menu
732 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
733 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
734 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
735 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
736 @end menu
737
738 @node Simple GLR Parsers
739 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
740 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
741 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
742 @findex %glr-parser
743 @findex %expect-rr
744 @cindex conflicts
745 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
746 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
747
748 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
749 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
750 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of lookahead,
751 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
752 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
753 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
754
755 Consider a problem that
756 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
757 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
758
759 @example
760 type subrange = lo .. hi;
761 type enum = (a, b, c);
762 @end example
763
764 @noindent
765 The original language standard allows only numeric
766 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
767 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
768 10206) and many other
769 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
770 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
771 parentheses:
772
773 @example
774 type subrange = (a) .. b;
775 @end example
776
777 @noindent
778 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
779 type with only one value:
780
781 @example
782 type enum = (a);
783 @end example
784
785 @noindent
786 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
787 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
788
789 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
790 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token lookahead it is not
791 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
792 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
793 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
794 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
795 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
796 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
797
798 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
799 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
800 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
801 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
802 expressions.
803
804 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
805 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
806 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
807 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
808 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
809 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
810 work.
811
812 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
813 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
814 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
815 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
816 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
817 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
818 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
819 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
820 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
821 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
822 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
823
824 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
825 reports a syntax error as usual.
826
827 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
828 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
829 lookahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
830 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
831 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
832
833 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
834 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
835 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
836 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
837 The present example contains only one conflict between two
838 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
839 cannot be nested. So the number of
840 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
841 and the parsing time is still linear.
842
843 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
844 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
845
846 @example
847 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
848
849 @group
850 %left '+' '-'
851 %left '*' '/'
852 @end group
853
854 %%
855
856 @group
857 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
858 ;
859 @end group
860
861 @group
862 type : '(' id_list ')'
863 | expr DOTDOT expr
864 ;
865 @end group
866
867 @group
868 id_list : ID
869 | id_list ',' ID
870 ;
871 @end group
872
873 @group
874 expr : '(' expr ')'
875 | expr '+' expr
876 | expr '-' expr
877 | expr '*' expr
878 | expr '/' expr
879 | ID
880 ;
881 @end group
882 @end example
883
884 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
885 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
886 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
887 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
888 recognized:
889
890 @example
891 type t = (a) .. b;
892 @end example
893
894 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
895 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
896 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
897 @samp{%%}):
898
899 @example
900 %glr-parser
901 %expect-rr 1
902 @end example
903
904 @noindent
905 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
906 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
907 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
908 notice when the parser splits.
909
910 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
911 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
912 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
913 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
914 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
915 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
916 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
917 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
918 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
919 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
920 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
921 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
922 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
923 correctness.
924
925 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
926 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
927 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
928 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
929 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
930 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
931
932 @node Merging GLR Parses
933 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
934 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
935 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
936 @findex %dprec
937 @findex %merge
938 @cindex conflicts
939 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
940
941 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
942
943 @example
944 %@{
945 #include <stdio.h>
946 #define YYSTYPE char const *
947 int yylex (void);
948 void yyerror (char const *);
949 %@}
950
951 %token TYPENAME ID
952
953 %right '='
954 %left '+'
955
956 %glr-parser
957
958 %%
959
960 prog :
961 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
962 ;
963
964 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
965 | decl %dprec 2
966 ;
967
968 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
969 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
970 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
971 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
972 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
973 ;
974
975 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
976 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
977 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
978 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
979 ;
980
981 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
982 | '(' declarator ')'
983 ;
984 @end example
985
986 @noindent
987 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
988 certain declarations and statements. For example,
989
990 @example
991 T (x) = y+z;
992 @end example
993
994 @noindent
995 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
996 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
997 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
998 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
999 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1000 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1001 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1002 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1003 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1004 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1005 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1006 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1007 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1008 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1009
1010 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1011 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1012 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1013 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1014 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1015 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1016 The parser therefore prints
1017
1018 @example
1019 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1020 @end example
1021
1022 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1023 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1024
1025 @example
1026 T (x) + y;
1027 @end example
1028
1029 @noindent
1030 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1031 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1032 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1033 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1034 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1035 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1036 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1037 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1038 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1039 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1040
1041 @example
1042 x T <cast> y +
1043 @end example
1044
1045 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1046 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1047 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1048 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1049 follows:
1050
1051 @example
1052 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1053 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1054 ;
1055 @end example
1056
1057 @noindent
1058 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1059
1060 @example
1061 static YYSTYPE
1062 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1063 @{
1064 printf ("<OR> ");
1065 return "";
1066 @}
1067 @end example
1068
1069 @noindent
1070 with an accompanying forward declaration
1071 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1072
1073 @example
1074 %@{
1075 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1076 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1077 %@}
1078 @end example
1079
1080 @noindent
1081 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1082 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1083
1084 @example
1085 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1086 @end example
1087
1088 Bison requires that all of the
1089 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1090 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1091 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1092 the offending merge.
1093
1094 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1095 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1096
1097 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1098 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1099 the associated reduction.
1100 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1101 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1102
1103 @vindex yychar
1104 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1105 @vindex yylval
1106 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1107 @vindex yylloc
1108 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1109 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1110 the lookahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1111 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1112 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1113 lookahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1114 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1115 influence syntax analysis.
1116 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
1117
1118 @findex yyclearin
1119 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1120 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1121 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1122 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1123 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1124 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1125 future versions of Bison.
1126 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1127 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1128 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1129
1130 @findex YYERROR
1131 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1132 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1133 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to
1134 initiate error recovery.
1135 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1136 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
1137 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1138 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1139
1140 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which
1141 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
1142
1143 @node Compiler Requirements
1144 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1145 @cindex @code{inline}
1146 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1147
1148 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1149 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1150 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1151 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1152 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1153 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1154
1155 @example
1156 %@{
1157 #include <config.h>
1158 %@}
1159 @end example
1160
1161 @noindent
1162 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1163
1164 @example
1165 %@{
1166 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1167 #define inline
1168 #endif
1169 %@}
1170 @end example
1171
1172 @node Locations Overview
1173 @section Locations
1174 @cindex location
1175 @cindex textual location
1176 @cindex location, textual
1177
1178 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1179 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1180 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1181 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1182
1183 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1184 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1185 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1186 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1187
1188 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1189 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1190 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1191 @code{@@3}.
1192
1193 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1194 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1195 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1196 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1197 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1198 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1199 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1200
1201 @node Bison Parser
1202 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1203 @cindex Bison parser
1204 @cindex Bison utility
1205 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1206 @cindex parser
1207
1208 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1209 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1210 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1211 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1212 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1213 program.
1214
1215 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1216 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1217 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1218 uses.
1219
1220 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1221 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1222 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1223 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1224 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1225 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1226 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1227
1228 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1229 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1230 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1231 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1232 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1233 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1234 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1235 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1236
1237 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1238 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1239 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1240 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1241 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1242 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1243 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1244 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1245 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1246 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1247 meanings.
1248
1249 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1250 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1251 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1252 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1253 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1254 included if message translation is in use
1255 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1256 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1257 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1258
1259 @node Stages
1260 @section Stages in Using Bison
1261 @cindex stages in using Bison
1262 @cindex using Bison
1263
1264 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1265 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1266
1267 @enumerate
1268 @item
1269 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1270 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1271 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1272 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1273 sequence of C statements.
1274
1275 @item
1276 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1277 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1278 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1279 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1280
1281 @item
1282 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1283
1284 @item
1285 Write error-reporting routines.
1286 @end enumerate
1287
1288 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1289 must follow these steps:
1290
1291 @enumerate
1292 @item
1293 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1294
1295 @item
1296 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1297
1298 @item
1299 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1300 @end enumerate
1301
1302 @node Grammar Layout
1303 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1304 @cindex grammar file
1305 @cindex file format
1306 @cindex format of grammar file
1307 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1308
1309 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1310 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1311
1312 @example
1313 %@{
1314 @var{Prologue}
1315 %@}
1316
1317 @var{Bison declarations}
1318
1319 %%
1320 @var{Grammar rules}
1321 %%
1322 @var{Epilogue}
1323 @end example
1324
1325 @noindent
1326 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1327 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1328
1329 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1330 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1331 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1332 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1333 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1334 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1335
1336 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1337 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1338 semantic values of various symbols.
1339
1340 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1341 parts.
1342
1343 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1344 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1345 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1346
1347 @node Examples
1348 @chapter Examples
1349 @cindex simple examples
1350 @cindex examples, simple
1351
1352 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1353 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1354 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1355 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1356 desk-top calculator.
1357
1358 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1359 languages are written the same way. You can copy these examples into a
1360 source file to try them.
1361
1362 @menu
1363 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1364 a first example with no operator precedence.
1365 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1366 Operator precedence is introduced.
1367 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1368 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1369 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1370 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1371 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1372 @end menu
1373
1374 @node RPN Calc
1375 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1376 @cindex reverse polish notation
1377 @cindex polish notation calculator
1378 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1379 @cindex calculator, simple
1380
1381 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1382 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1383 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1384 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1385
1386 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1387 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1388
1389 @menu
1390 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1391 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1392 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1393 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1394 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1395 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1396 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1397 @end menu
1398
1399 @node Rpcalc Decls
1400 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1401
1402 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1403 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1404
1405 @example
1406 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1407
1408 %@{
1409 #define YYSTYPE double
1410 #include <math.h>
1411 int yylex (void);
1412 void yyerror (char const *);
1413 %@}
1414
1415 %token NUM
1416
1417 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1418 @end example
1419
1420 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1421 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1422
1423 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1424 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1425 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1426 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1427 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1428 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1429 which is a floating point number.
1430
1431 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1432 function @code{pow}.
1433
1434 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1435 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1436 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1437 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1438 prologue.
1439
1440 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1441 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1442 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1443 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1444 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1445 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1446 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1447 type for numeric constants.
1448
1449 @node Rpcalc Rules
1450 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1451
1452 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1453
1454 @example
1455 input: /* empty */
1456 | input line
1457 ;
1458
1459 line: '\n'
1460 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1461 ;
1462
1463 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1464 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1465 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1466 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1467 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1468 /* Exponentiation */
1469 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1470 /* Unary minus */
1471 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1472 ;
1473 %%
1474 @end example
1475
1476 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1477 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1478 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1479 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the vertical bar @samp{|}
1480 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1481 mean.
1482
1483 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1484 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1485 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1486
1487 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1488 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1489 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1490 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1491 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1492 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1493
1494 @menu
1495 * Rpcalc Input::
1496 * Rpcalc Line::
1497 * Rpcalc Expr::
1498 @end menu
1499
1500 @node Rpcalc Input
1501 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1502
1503 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1504
1505 @example
1506 input: /* empty */
1507 | input line
1508 ;
1509 @end example
1510
1511 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1512 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1513 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1514 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1515 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1516
1517 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1518 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1519 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1520 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1521 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1522 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1523
1524 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1525 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1526 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1527 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1528 more times.
1529
1530 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1531 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1532 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1533
1534 @node Rpcalc Line
1535 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1536
1537 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1538
1539 @example
1540 line: '\n'
1541 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1542 ;
1543 @end example
1544
1545 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1546 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1547 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1548 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1549 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1550 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1551 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1552
1553 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1554 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1555 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1556 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1557 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1558
1559 @node Rpcalc Expr
1560 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1561
1562 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1563 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1564 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1565 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1566
1567 @example
1568 exp: NUM
1569 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1570 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1571 @dots{}
1572 ;
1573 @end example
1574
1575 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1576 equally well have written them separately:
1577
1578 @example
1579 exp: NUM ;
1580 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1581 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1582 @dots{}
1583 @end example
1584
1585 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1586 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1587 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1588 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1589 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1590 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1591 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1592 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1593
1594 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1595 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1596 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1597
1598 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1599 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1600 For example, this:
1601
1602 @example
1603 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1604 @end example
1605
1606 @noindent
1607 means the same thing as this:
1608
1609 @example
1610 exp: NUM
1611 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1612 | @dots{}
1613 ;
1614 @end example
1615
1616 @noindent
1617 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1618
1619 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1620 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1621 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1622 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1623
1624 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1625 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1626 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1627 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1628
1629 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1630 calculator. This
1631 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1632 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1633 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1634 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1635
1636 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1637 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1638 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1639 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1640 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1641 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1642 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1643 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1644 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1645
1646 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1647 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1648 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1649 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1650 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1651
1652 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1653 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1654
1655 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1656
1657 @example
1658 @group
1659 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1660 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1661 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1662 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1663
1664 #include <ctype.h>
1665 @end group
1666
1667 @group
1668 int
1669 yylex (void)
1670 @{
1671 int c;
1672
1673 /* Skip white space. */
1674 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1675 ;
1676 @end group
1677 @group
1678 /* Process numbers. */
1679 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1680 @{
1681 ungetc (c, stdin);
1682 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1683 return NUM;
1684 @}
1685 @end group
1686 @group
1687 /* Return end-of-input. */
1688 if (c == EOF)
1689 return 0;
1690 /* Return a single char. */
1691 return c;
1692 @}
1693 @end group
1694 @end example
1695
1696 @node Rpcalc Main
1697 @subsection The Controlling Function
1698 @cindex controlling function
1699 @cindex main function in simple example
1700
1701 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1702 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1703 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1704
1705 @example
1706 @group
1707 int
1708 main (void)
1709 @{
1710 return yyparse ();
1711 @}
1712 @end group
1713 @end example
1714
1715 @node Rpcalc Error
1716 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1717 @cindex error reporting routine
1718
1719 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1720 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1721 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1722 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1723 here is the definition we will use:
1724
1725 @example
1726 @group
1727 #include <stdio.h>
1728
1729 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1730 void
1731 yyerror (char const *s)
1732 @{
1733 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1734 @}
1735 @end group
1736 @end example
1737
1738 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1739 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1740 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1741 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1742 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1743 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1744
1745 @node Rpcalc Gen
1746 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1747 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1748
1749 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1750 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1751 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1752 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1753 end, in the epilogue of the file
1754 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1755
1756 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1757 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1758
1759 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1760 convert it into a parser file:
1761
1762 @example
1763 bison @var{file}.y
1764 @end example
1765
1766 @noindent
1767 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1768 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1769 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1770 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1771 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1772 are copied verbatim to the output.
1773
1774 @node Rpcalc Compile
1775 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1776 @cindex compiling the parser
1777
1778 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1779
1780 @example
1781 @group
1782 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1783 $ @kbd{ls}
1784 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1785 @end group
1786
1787 @group
1788 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1789 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1790 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1791 @end group
1792
1793 @group
1794 # @r{List files again.}
1795 $ @kbd{ls}
1796 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1797 @end group
1798 @end example
1799
1800 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1801 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1802
1803 @example
1804 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1805 @kbd{4 9 +}
1806 13
1807 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1808 -13
1809 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1810 13
1811 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1812 -3.166666667
1813 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1814 81
1815 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1816 $
1817 @end example
1818
1819 @node Infix Calc
1820 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1821 @cindex infix notation calculator
1822 @cindex @code{calc}
1823 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1824
1825 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1826 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1827 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1828 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1829
1830 @example
1831 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1832
1833 %@{
1834 #define YYSTYPE double
1835 #include <math.h>
1836 #include <stdio.h>
1837 int yylex (void);
1838 void yyerror (char const *);
1839 %@}
1840
1841 /* Bison declarations. */
1842 %token NUM
1843 %left '-' '+'
1844 %left '*' '/'
1845 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1846 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1847
1848 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1849 input: /* empty */
1850 | input line
1851 ;
1852
1853 line: '\n'
1854 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1855 ;
1856
1857 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1858 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1859 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1860 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1861 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1862 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1863 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1864 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1865 ;
1866 %%
1867 @end example
1868
1869 @noindent
1870 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1871 same as before.
1872
1873 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1874
1875 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1876 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1877 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1878 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1879 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1880 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1881 the associativity.)
1882
1883 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1884 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1885 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1886 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1887 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1888 Precedence}.
1889
1890 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1891 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1892 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1893 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1894 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1895
1896 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1897
1898 @need 500
1899 @example
1900 $ @kbd{calc}
1901 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1902 6.880952381
1903 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1904 -54
1905 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1906 9
1907 @end example
1908
1909 @node Simple Error Recovery
1910 @section Simple Error Recovery
1911 @cindex error recovery, simple
1912
1913 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1914 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1915 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1916 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1917 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1918 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1919
1920 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1921 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1922 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1923
1924 @example
1925 @group
1926 line: '\n'
1927 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1928 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1929 ;
1930 @end group
1931 @end example
1932
1933 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1934 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1935 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1936 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1937 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1938 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1939 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1940 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1941 misprint.
1942
1943 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1944 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1945 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1946 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1947 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1948 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1949 Bison programs.
1950
1951 @node Location Tracking Calc
1952 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1953 @cindex location tracking calculator
1954 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1955 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1956
1957 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1958 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1959 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1960 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1961 analyzer.
1962
1963 @menu
1964 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1965 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1966 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1967 @end menu
1968
1969 @node Ltcalc Decls
1970 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1971
1972 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1973 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1974
1975 @example
1976 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1977
1978 %@{
1979 #define YYSTYPE int
1980 #include <math.h>
1981 int yylex (void);
1982 void yyerror (char const *);
1983 %@}
1984
1985 /* Bison declarations. */
1986 %token NUM
1987
1988 %left '-' '+'
1989 %left '*' '/'
1990 %left NEG
1991 %right '^'
1992
1993 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1994 @end example
1995
1996 @noindent
1997 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
1998 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
1999 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
2000 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2001 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2002 @code{last_column}. By conventions, and in accordance with the GNU
2003 Coding Standards and common practice, the line and column count both
2004 start at 1.
2005
2006 @node Ltcalc Rules
2007 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2008
2009 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2010 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2011 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2012 from the new information.
2013
2014 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2015 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2016
2017 @example
2018 @group
2019 input : /* empty */
2020 | input line
2021 ;
2022 @end group
2023
2024 @group
2025 line : '\n'
2026 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2027 ;
2028 @end group
2029
2030 @group
2031 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2032 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2033 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2034 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2035 @end group
2036 @group
2037 | exp '/' exp
2038 @{
2039 if ($3)
2040 $$ = $1 / $3;
2041 else
2042 @{
2043 $$ = 1;
2044 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2045 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2046 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2047 @}
2048 @}
2049 @end group
2050 @group
2051 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2052 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2053 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2054 @end group
2055 @end example
2056
2057 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2058 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2059 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2060
2061 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2062 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2063 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2064 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2065 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2066 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2067 hand.
2068
2069 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2070 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2071
2072 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2073 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2074 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2075 semantic values.
2076
2077 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2078 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2079
2080 @example
2081 @group
2082 int
2083 yylex (void)
2084 @{
2085 int c;
2086 @end group
2087
2088 @group
2089 /* Skip white space. */
2090 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2091 ++yylloc.last_column;
2092 @end group
2093
2094 @group
2095 /* Step. */
2096 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2097 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2098 @end group
2099
2100 @group
2101 /* Process numbers. */
2102 if (isdigit (c))
2103 @{
2104 yylval = c - '0';
2105 ++yylloc.last_column;
2106 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2107 @{
2108 ++yylloc.last_column;
2109 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2110 @}
2111 ungetc (c, stdin);
2112 return NUM;
2113 @}
2114 @end group
2115
2116 /* Return end-of-input. */
2117 if (c == EOF)
2118 return 0;
2119
2120 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2121 if (c == '\n')
2122 @{
2123 ++yylloc.last_line;
2124 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2125 @}
2126 else
2127 ++yylloc.last_column;
2128 return c;
2129 @}
2130 @end example
2131
2132 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2133 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2134 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2135 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2136
2137 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2138 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2139 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2140 controlling function:
2141
2142 @example
2143 @group
2144 int
2145 main (void)
2146 @{
2147 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2148 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2149 return yyparse ();
2150 @}
2151 @end group
2152 @end example
2153
2154 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2155 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2156 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2157
2158 @node Multi-function Calc
2159 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2160 @cindex multi-function calculator
2161 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2162 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2163
2164 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2165 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2166 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2167 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2168 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2169
2170 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2171 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2172 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2173 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2174 functions whose syntax has this form:
2175
2176 @example
2177 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2178 @end example
2179
2180 @noindent
2181 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2182 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2183 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2184
2185 @example
2186 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2187 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2188 3.1415926536
2189 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2190 0.0000000000
2191 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2192 2.3000000000
2193 @kbd{alpha}
2194 2.3000000000
2195 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2196 0.8329091229
2197 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2198 2.3000000000
2199 $
2200 @end example
2201
2202 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2203
2204 @menu
2205 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2206 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2207 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2208 @end menu
2209
2210 @node Mfcalc Decl
2211 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2212
2213 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2214
2215 @smallexample
2216 @group
2217 %@{
2218 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2219 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2220 int yylex (void);
2221 void yyerror (char const *);
2222 %@}
2223 @end group
2224 @group
2225 %union @{
2226 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2227 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2228 @}
2229 @end group
2230 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2231 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2232 %type <val> exp
2233
2234 @group
2235 %right '='
2236 %left '-' '+'
2237 %left '*' '/'
2238 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2239 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2240 @end group
2241 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2242 @end smallexample
2243
2244 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2245 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2246 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2247
2248 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2249 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2250 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2251 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2252
2253 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2254 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2255 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2256 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2257 between angle brackets).
2258
2259 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2260 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2261 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2262 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2263 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2264 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2265
2266 @node Mfcalc Rules
2267 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2268
2269 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2270 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2271 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2272
2273 @smallexample
2274 @group
2275 input: /* empty */
2276 | input line
2277 ;
2278 @end group
2279
2280 @group
2281 line:
2282 '\n'
2283 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2284 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2285 ;
2286 @end group
2287
2288 @group
2289 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2290 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2291 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2292 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2293 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2294 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2295 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2296 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2297 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2298 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2299 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2300 ;
2301 @end group
2302 /* End of grammar. */
2303 %%
2304 @end smallexample
2305
2306 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2307 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2308 @cindex symbol table example
2309
2310 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2311 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2312 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2313 requires some additional C functions for support.
2314
2315 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2316 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2317 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2318
2319 @smallexample
2320 @group
2321 /* Function type. */
2322 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2323 @end group
2324
2325 @group
2326 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2327 struct symrec
2328 @{
2329 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2330 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2331 union
2332 @{
2333 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2334 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2335 @} value;
2336 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2337 @};
2338 @end group
2339
2340 @group
2341 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2342
2343 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2344 extern symrec *sym_table;
2345
2346 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2347 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2348 @end group
2349 @end smallexample
2350
2351 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2352 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2353 @code{init_table} as well:
2354
2355 @smallexample
2356 #include <stdio.h>
2357
2358 @group
2359 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2360 void
2361 yyerror (char const *s)
2362 @{
2363 printf ("%s\n", s);
2364 @}
2365 @end group
2366
2367 @group
2368 struct init
2369 @{
2370 char const *fname;
2371 double (*fnct) (double);
2372 @};
2373 @end group
2374
2375 @group
2376 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2377 @{
2378 "sin", sin,
2379 "cos", cos,
2380 "atan", atan,
2381 "ln", log,
2382 "exp", exp,
2383 "sqrt", sqrt,
2384 0, 0
2385 @};
2386 @end group
2387
2388 @group
2389 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2390 symrec *sym_table;
2391 @end group
2392
2393 @group
2394 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2395 void
2396 init_table (void)
2397 @{
2398 int i;
2399 symrec *ptr;
2400 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2401 @{
2402 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2403 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2404 @}
2405 @}
2406 @end group
2407
2408 @group
2409 int
2410 main (void)
2411 @{
2412 init_table ();
2413 return yyparse ();
2414 @}
2415 @end group
2416 @end smallexample
2417
2418 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2419 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2420
2421 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2422 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2423 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2424 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2425 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2426 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2427
2428 @smallexample
2429 symrec *
2430 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2431 @{
2432 symrec *ptr;
2433 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2434 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2435 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2436 ptr->type = sym_type;
2437 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2438 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2439 sym_table = ptr;
2440 return ptr;
2441 @}
2442
2443 symrec *
2444 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2445 @{
2446 symrec *ptr;
2447 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2448 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2449 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2450 return ptr;
2451 return 0;
2452 @}
2453 @end smallexample
2454
2455 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2456 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2457 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2458 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2459
2460 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2461 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2462 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2463 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2464 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2465 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2466
2467 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2468 operators in @code{yylex}.
2469
2470 @smallexample
2471 @group
2472 #include <ctype.h>
2473 @end group
2474
2475 @group
2476 int
2477 yylex (void)
2478 @{
2479 int c;
2480
2481 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2482 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2483
2484 if (c == EOF)
2485 return 0;
2486 @end group
2487
2488 @group
2489 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2490 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2491 @{
2492 ungetc (c, stdin);
2493 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2494 return NUM;
2495 @}
2496 @end group
2497
2498 @group
2499 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2500 if (isalpha (c))
2501 @{
2502 symrec *s;
2503 static char *symbuf = 0;
2504 static int length = 0;
2505 int i;
2506 @end group
2507
2508 @group
2509 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2510 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2511 if (length == 0)
2512 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2513
2514 i = 0;
2515 do
2516 @end group
2517 @group
2518 @{
2519 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2520 if (i == length)
2521 @{
2522 length *= 2;
2523 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2524 @}
2525 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2526 symbuf[i++] = c;
2527 /* Get another character. */
2528 c = getchar ();
2529 @}
2530 @end group
2531 @group
2532 while (isalnum (c));
2533
2534 ungetc (c, stdin);
2535 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2536 @end group
2537
2538 @group
2539 s = getsym (symbuf);
2540 if (s == 0)
2541 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2542 yylval.tptr = s;
2543 return s->type;
2544 @}
2545
2546 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2547 return c;
2548 @}
2549 @end group
2550 @end smallexample
2551
2552 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2553 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2554 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2555
2556 @node Exercises
2557 @section Exercises
2558 @cindex exercises
2559
2560 @enumerate
2561 @item
2562 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2563
2564 @item
2565 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2566 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2567 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2568
2569 @item
2570 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2571 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2572 @end enumerate
2573
2574 @node Grammar File
2575 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2576
2577 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2578 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2579
2580 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2581 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2582
2583 @menu
2584 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2585 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2586 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2587 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2588 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2589 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2590 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2591 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2592 @end menu
2593
2594 @node Grammar Outline
2595 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2596
2597 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2598 appropriate delimiters:
2599
2600 @example
2601 %@{
2602 @var{Prologue}
2603 %@}
2604
2605 @var{Bison declarations}
2606
2607 %%
2608 @var{Grammar rules}
2609 %%
2610
2611 @var{Epilogue}
2612 @end example
2613
2614 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2615 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2616 continues until end of line.
2617
2618 @menu
2619 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2620 * Prologue Alternatives:: Syntax and usage of alternatives to the prologue.
2621 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2622 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2623 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2624 @end menu
2625
2626 @node Prologue
2627 @subsection The prologue
2628 @cindex declarations section
2629 @cindex Prologue
2630 @cindex declarations
2631
2632 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2633 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2634 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2635 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2636 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2637 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2638 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2639
2640 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the first occurrence
2641 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2642 character constant.
2643
2644 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2645 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2646 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2647 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2648 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2649 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2650 @code{%union} declaration.
2651
2652 @smallexample
2653 %@{
2654 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2655 #include <stdio.h>
2656 #include "ptypes.h"
2657 %@}
2658
2659 %union @{
2660 long int n;
2661 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2662 @}
2663
2664 %@{
2665 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2666 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2667 %@}
2668
2669 @dots{}
2670 @end smallexample
2671
2672 When in doubt, it is usually safer to put prologue code before all
2673 Bison declarations, rather than after. For example, any definitions
2674 of feature test macros like @code{_GNU_SOURCE} or
2675 @code{_POSIX_C_SOURCE} should appear before all Bison declarations, as
2676 feature test macros can affect the behavior of Bison-generated
2677 @code{#include} directives.
2678
2679 @node Prologue Alternatives
2680 @subsection Prologue Alternatives
2681 @cindex Prologue Alternatives
2682
2683 @findex %code
2684 @findex %requires
2685 @findex %provides
2686 @findex %code-top
2687 (The prologue alternatives described here are experimental.
2688 More user feedback will help to determine whether they should become permanent
2689 features.)
2690
2691 The functionality of @var{Prologue} sections can often be subtle and
2692 inflexible.
2693 As an alternative, Bison provides a set of more explicit directives:
2694 @code{%code}, @code{%requires}, @code{%provides}, and @code{%code-top}.
2695 @xref{Table of Symbols,,Bison Symbols}.
2696
2697 Look again at the example of the previous section:
2698
2699 @smallexample
2700 %@{
2701 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2702 #include <stdio.h>
2703 #include "ptypes.h"
2704 %@}
2705
2706 %union @{
2707 long int n;
2708 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2709 @}
2710
2711 %@{
2712 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2713 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2714 %@}
2715
2716 @dots{}
2717 @end smallexample
2718
2719 @noindent
2720 Notice that there are two @var{Prologue} sections here, but there's a subtle
2721 distinction between their functionality.
2722 For example, if you decide to override Bison's default definition for
2723 @code{YYLTYPE}, in which @var{Prologue} section should you write your new
2724 definition?
2725 You should write it in the first since Bison will insert that code into the
2726 parser code file @emph{before} the default @code{YYLTYPE} definition.
2727 In which @var{Prologue} section should you prototype an internal function,
2728 @code{trace_token}, that accepts @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype} as
2729 arguments?
2730 You should prototype it in the second since Bison will insert that code
2731 @emph{after} the @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype} definitions.
2732
2733 This distinction in functionality between the two @var{Prologue} sections is
2734 established by the appearance of the @code{%union} between them.
2735 This behavior raises a few questions.
2736 First, why should the position of a @code{%union} affect definitions related to
2737 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype}?
2738 Second, what if there is no @code{%union}?
2739 In that case, the second kind of @var{Prologue} section is not available.
2740 This behavior is not intuitive.
2741
2742 To avoid this subtle @code{%union} dependency, rewrite the example using
2743 @code{%code-top} and @code{%code}.
2744 Let's go ahead and add the new @code{YYLTYPE} definition and the
2745 @code{trace_token} prototype at the same time:
2746
2747 @smallexample
2748 %code-top @{
2749 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2750 #include <stdio.h>
2751 /* The following code really belongs in a %requires; see below. */
2752 #include "ptypes.h"
2753 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2754 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2755 @{
2756 int first_line;
2757 int first_column;
2758 int last_line;
2759 int last_column;
2760 char *filename;
2761 @} YYLTYPE;
2762 @}
2763
2764 %union @{
2765 long int n;
2766 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2767 @}
2768
2769 %code @{
2770 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2771 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2772 static void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2773 @}
2774
2775 @dots{}
2776 @end smallexample
2777
2778 @noindent
2779 In this way, @code{%code-top} and @code{%code} achieve the same functionality
2780 as the two kinds of @var{Prologue} sections, but it's always explicit which
2781 kind you intend.
2782 Moreover, both kinds are always available even in the absence of @code{%union}.
2783
2784 The @code{%code-top} block above logically contains two parts.
2785 The first two lines need to appear in the parser code file.
2786 The fourth line is required by @code{YYSTYPE} and thus also needs to appear in
2787 the parser code file.
2788 However, if you've instructed Bison to generate a parser header file
2789 (@pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%defines}), you probably want the fourth line to
2790 appear before the @code{YYSTYPE} definition in that header file as well.
2791 Also, the @code{YYLTYPE} definition should appear in the parser header file to
2792 override the default @code{YYLTYPE} definition there.
2793
2794 In other words, in the @code{%code-top} block above, all but the first two
2795 lines are dependency code for externally exposed definitions (@code{YYSTYPE}
2796 and @code{YYLTYPE}) required by Bison.
2797 Thus, they belong in one or more @code{%requires}:
2798
2799 @smallexample
2800 %code-top @{
2801 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2802 #include <stdio.h>
2803 @}
2804
2805 %requires @{
2806 #include "ptypes.h"
2807 @}
2808 %union @{
2809 long int n;
2810 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2811 @}
2812
2813 %requires @{
2814 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2815 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2816 @{
2817 int first_line;
2818 int first_column;
2819 int last_line;
2820 int last_column;
2821 char *filename;
2822 @} YYLTYPE;
2823 @}
2824
2825 %code @{
2826 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2827 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2828 static void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2829 @}
2830
2831 @dots{}
2832 @end smallexample
2833
2834 @noindent
2835 Now Bison will insert @code{#include "ptypes.h"} and the new @code{YYLTYPE}
2836 definition before the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}
2837 definitions in both the parser code file and the parser header file.
2838 (By the same reasoning, @code{%requires} would also be the appropriate place to
2839 write your own definition for @code{YYSTYPE}.)
2840
2841 When you are writing dependency code for @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}, you
2842 should prefer @code{%requires} over @code{%code-top} regardless of whether you
2843 instruct Bison to generate a parser header file.
2844 When you are writing code that you need Bison to insert only into the parser
2845 code file and that has no special need to appear at the top of the code file,
2846 you should prefer @code{%code} over @code{%code-top}.
2847 These practices will make the purpose of each block of your code explicit to
2848 Bison and to other developers reading your grammar file.
2849 Following these practices, we expect @code{%code} and @code{%requires} to be
2850 the most important of the four @var{Prologue} alternative directives discussed
2851 in this section.
2852
2853 At some point while developing your parser, you might decide to provide
2854 @code{trace_token} to modules that are external to your parser.
2855 Thus, you might wish for Bison to insert the prototype into both the parser
2856 header file and the parser code file.
2857 Since this function is not a dependency of any Bison-required definition (such
2858 as @code{YYSTYPE}), it doesn't make sense to move its prototype to a
2859 @code{%requires}.
2860 More importantly, since it depends upon @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype},
2861 @code{%requires} is not sufficient.
2862 Instead, move its prototype from the @code{%code} to a @code{%provides}:
2863
2864 @smallexample
2865 %code-top @{
2866 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2867 #include <stdio.h>
2868 @}
2869
2870 %requires @{
2871 #include "ptypes.h"
2872 @}
2873 %union @{
2874 long int n;
2875 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2876 @}
2877
2878 %requires @{
2879 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2880 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2881 @{
2882 int first_line;
2883 int first_column;
2884 int last_line;
2885 int last_column;
2886 char *filename;
2887 @} YYLTYPE;
2888 @}
2889
2890 %provides @{
2891 void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2892 @}
2893
2894 %code @{
2895 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2896 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2897 @}
2898
2899 @dots{}
2900 @end smallexample
2901
2902 @noindent
2903 Bison will insert the @code{trace_token} prototype into both the parser header
2904 file and the parser code file after the definitions for @code{yytokentype},
2905 @code{YYLTYPE}, and @code{YYSTYPE}.
2906
2907 The above examples are careful to write directives in an order that reflects
2908 the layout of the generated parser code and header files:
2909 @code{%code-top}, @code{%requires}, @code{%provides}, and then @code{%code}.
2910 While your grammar files may generally be easier to read if you also follow
2911 this order, Bison does not require it.
2912 Instead, Bison lets you choose an organization that makes sense to you.
2913
2914 You may declare any of these directives multiple times in the grammar file.
2915 In that case, Bison concatenates the contained code in declaration order.
2916 This is the only way in which the position of one of these directives within
2917 the grammar file affects its functionality.
2918
2919 The result of the previous two properties is greater flexibility in how you may
2920 organize your grammar file.
2921 For example, you may organize semantic-type-related directives by semantic
2922 type:
2923
2924 @smallexample
2925 %requires @{ #include "type1.h" @}
2926 %union @{ type1 field1; @}
2927 %destructor @{ type1_free ($$); @} <field1>
2928 %printer @{ type1_print ($$); @} <field1>
2929
2930 %requires @{ #include "type2.h" @}
2931 %union @{ type2 field2; @}
2932 %destructor @{ type2_free ($$); @} <field2>
2933 %printer @{ type2_print ($$); @} <field2>
2934 @end smallexample
2935
2936 @noindent
2937 You could even place each of the above directive groups in the rules section of
2938 the grammar file next to the set of rules that uses the associated semantic
2939 type.
2940 And you don't have to worry that some directive (like a @code{%union}) in the
2941 definitions section is going to adversely affect their functionality in some
2942 counter-intuitive manner just because it comes first.
2943 Such an organization is not possible using @var{Prologue} sections.
2944
2945 This section has been concerned with explaining the advantages of the four
2946 @var{Prologue} alternative directives over the original Yacc @var{Prologue}.
2947 However, in most cases when using these directives, you shouldn't need to
2948 think about all the low-level ordering issues discussed here.
2949 Instead, you should simply use these directives to label each block of your
2950 code according to its purpose and let Bison handle the ordering.
2951 @code{%code} is the most generic label.
2952 Move code to @code{%requires}, @code{%provides}, or @code{%code-top} as needed.
2953
2954 @node Bison Declarations
2955 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2956 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2957 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2958
2959 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2960 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2961 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2962 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2963
2964 @node Grammar Rules
2965 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2966 @cindex grammar rules section
2967 @cindex rules section for grammar
2968
2969 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2970 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2971
2972 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2973 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2974 if it is the first thing in the file.
2975
2976 @node Epilogue
2977 @subsection The epilogue
2978 @cindex additional C code section
2979 @cindex epilogue
2980 @cindex C code, section for additional
2981
2982 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2983 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2984 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2985 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2986 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2987 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2988 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2989 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2990 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2991
2992 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2993 from the grammar rules.
2994
2995 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
2996 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
2997 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
2998 of the grammar file.
2999
3000 @node Symbols
3001 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
3002 @cindex nonterminal symbol
3003 @cindex terminal symbol
3004 @cindex token type
3005 @cindex symbol
3006
3007 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
3008 of the language.
3009
3010 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
3011 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
3012 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
3013 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
3014 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
3015 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
3016 the symbol to stand for it.
3017
3018 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
3019 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
3020 By convention, it should be all lower case.
3021
3022 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
3023 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
3024
3025 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
3026
3027 @itemize @bullet
3028 @item
3029 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
3030 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
3031 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
3032 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
3033
3034 @item
3035 @cindex character token
3036 @cindex literal token
3037 @cindex single-character literal
3038 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
3039 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
3040 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
3041 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
3042 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
3043 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
3044 ,Operator Precedence}).
3045
3046 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
3047 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
3048 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
3049 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
3050 your program will confuse other readers.
3051
3052 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
3053 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
3054 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
3055 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
3056 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
3057 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
3058 allowed.
3059
3060 @item
3061 @cindex string token
3062 @cindex literal string token
3063 @cindex multicharacter literal
3064 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
3065 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
3066 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
3067 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
3068 (@pxref{Precedence}).
3069
3070 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
3071 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
3072 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
3073 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
3074 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3075
3076 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
3077
3078 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
3079 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
3080 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
3081 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
3082 read your program will be confused.
3083
3084 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
3085 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
3086 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
3087 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
3088 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
3089 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
3090 @end itemize
3091
3092 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
3093 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
3094 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
3095
3096 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
3097 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
3098 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
3099 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
3100 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
3101 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
3102 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
3103 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
3104 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
3105 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
3106 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
3107 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
3108
3109 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
3110 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
3111 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
3112 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
3113 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
3114
3115 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
3116 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
3117 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
3118 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
3119 characters in the following C-language string:
3120
3121 @example
3122 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
3123 @end example
3124
3125 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
3126 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
3127 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
3128 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
3129 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
3130 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
3131 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
3132 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
3133 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
3134 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
3135 compiling them.
3136
3137 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
3138 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
3139 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
3140 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
3141 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
3142
3143 @node Rules
3144 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
3145 @cindex rule syntax
3146 @cindex grammar rule syntax
3147 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
3148
3149 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
3150
3151 @example
3152 @group
3153 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
3154 ;
3155 @end group
3156 @end example
3157
3158 @noindent
3159 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
3160 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
3161 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
3162
3163 For example,
3164
3165 @example
3166 @group
3167 exp: exp '+' exp
3168 ;
3169 @end group
3170 @end example
3171
3172 @noindent
3173 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
3174 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
3175
3176 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
3177 extra white space as you wish.
3178
3179 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
3180 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
3181
3182 @example
3183 @{@var{C statements}@}
3184 @end example
3185
3186 @noindent
3187 @cindex braced code
3188 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
3189 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
3190 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
3191 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
3192 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
3193
3194 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
3195 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
3196 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
3197 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
3198 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
3199 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
3200 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
3201 character constants.
3202
3203 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
3204 @xref{Actions}.
3205
3206 @findex |
3207 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
3208 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
3209
3210 @example
3211 @group
3212 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
3213 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
3214 @dots{}
3215 ;
3216 @end group
3217 @end example
3218
3219 @noindent
3220 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
3221
3222 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
3223 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
3224 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
3225
3226 @example
3227 @group
3228 expseq: /* empty */
3229 | expseq1
3230 ;
3231 @end group
3232
3233 @group
3234 expseq1: exp
3235 | expseq1 ',' exp
3236 ;
3237 @end group
3238 @end example
3239
3240 @noindent
3241 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
3242 with no components.
3243
3244 @node Recursion
3245 @section Recursive Rules
3246 @cindex recursive rule
3247
3248 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
3249 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
3250 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
3251 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
3252 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
3253
3254 @example
3255 @group
3256 expseq1: exp
3257 | expseq1 ',' exp
3258 ;
3259 @end group
3260 @end example
3261
3262 @cindex left recursion
3263 @cindex right recursion
3264 @noindent
3265 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
3266 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
3267 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
3268
3269 @example
3270 @group
3271 expseq1: exp
3272 | exp ',' expseq1
3273 ;
3274 @end group
3275 @end example
3276
3277 @noindent
3278 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
3279 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
3280 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
3281 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
3282 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
3283 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
3284 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
3285 of this.
3286
3287 @cindex mutual recursion
3288 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3289 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3290 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3291 side.
3292
3293 For example:
3294
3295 @example
3296 @group
3297 expr: primary
3298 | primary '+' primary
3299 ;
3300 @end group
3301
3302 @group
3303 primary: constant
3304 | '(' expr ')'
3305 ;
3306 @end group
3307 @end example
3308
3309 @noindent
3310 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3311 other.
3312
3313 @node Semantics
3314 @section Defining Language Semantics
3315 @cindex defining language semantics
3316 @cindex language semantics, defining
3317
3318 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3319 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3320 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3321
3322 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3323 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3324 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3325 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3326
3327 @menu
3328 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3329 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3330 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3331 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3332 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3333 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3334 action in the middle of a rule.
3335 @end menu
3336
3337 @node Value Type
3338 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3339 @cindex semantic value type
3340 @cindex value type, semantic
3341 @cindex data types of semantic values
3342 @cindex default data type
3343
3344 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3345 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3346 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3347 Notation Calculator}).
3348
3349 Bison normally uses the type @code{int} for semantic values if your
3350 program uses the same data type for all language constructs. To
3351 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3352
3353 @example
3354 #define YYSTYPE double
3355 @end example
3356
3357 @noindent
3358 @code{YYSTYPE}'s replacement list should be a type name
3359 that does not contain parentheses or square brackets.
3360 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3361 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3362
3363 @node Multiple Types
3364 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3365
3366 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3367 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3368 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3369 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3370 symbol table.
3371
3372 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3373 requires you to do two things:
3374
3375 @itemize @bullet
3376 @item
3377 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, either by using the
3378 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3379 Value Types}), or by using a @code{typedef} or a @code{#define} to
3380 define @code{YYSTYPE} to be a union type whose member names are
3381 the type tags.
3382
3383 @item
3384 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3385 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3386 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3387 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3388 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3389 @end itemize
3390
3391 @node Actions
3392 @subsection Actions
3393 @cindex action
3394 @vindex $$
3395 @vindex $@var{n}
3396
3397 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3398 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3399 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3400 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3401
3402 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3403 placed at any position in the rule;
3404 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3405 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3406 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3407 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3408
3409 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3410 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3411 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3412 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3413 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3414 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3415 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3416
3417 Here is a typical example:
3418
3419 @example
3420 @group
3421 exp: @dots{}
3422 | exp '+' exp
3423 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3424 @end group
3425 @end example
3426
3427 @noindent
3428 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3429 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3430 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3431 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3432 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3433 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3434 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3435 referred to as @code{$2}.
3436
3437 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3438 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3439 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3440 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3441 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3442
3443 @example
3444 @group
3445 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3446 @end group
3447 @end example
3448
3449 @cindex default action
3450 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3451 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3452 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3453 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3454 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3455 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3456
3457 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3458 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3459 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3460 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3461 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3462
3463 @example
3464 @group
3465 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3466 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3467 ;
3468 @end group
3469
3470 @group
3471 bar: /* empty */
3472 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3473 ;
3474 @end group
3475 @end example
3476
3477 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3478 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3479 definition of @code{foo}.
3480
3481 @vindex yylval
3482 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the lookahead token, if
3483 any, from a semantic action.
3484 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3485 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3486
3487 @node Action Types
3488 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3489 @cindex action data types
3490 @cindex data types in actions
3491
3492 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3493 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3494
3495 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3496 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3497 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3498 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3499 in the rule. In this example,
3500
3501 @example
3502 @group
3503 exp: @dots{}
3504 | exp '+' exp
3505 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3506 @end group
3507 @end example
3508
3509 @noindent
3510 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3511 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3512 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3513 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3514
3515 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3516 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3517 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3518
3519 @example
3520 @group
3521 %union @{
3522 int itype;
3523 double dtype;
3524 @}
3525 @end group
3526 @end example
3527
3528 @noindent
3529 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3530 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3531
3532 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3533 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3534 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3535 @cindex mid-rule actions
3536
3537 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3538 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3539 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3540
3541 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3542 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3543 it is run before they are parsed.
3544
3545 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3546 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3547 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3548 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3549 @code{$@var{n}}.
3550
3551 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3552 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3553 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3554 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3555 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3556 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3557
3558 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3559 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3560 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3561 at the end of the rule.
3562
3563 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3564 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3565 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3566 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3567 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3568 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3569
3570 @example
3571 @group
3572 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3573 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3574 declare_variable ($3); @}
3575 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3576 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3577 @end group
3578 @end example
3579
3580 @noindent
3581 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3582 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3583 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3584 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3585 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3586 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3587 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3588 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3589
3590 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3591 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3592 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3593 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3594 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3595
3596 @findex %destructor
3597 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
3598 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
3599 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
3600 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
3601 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
3602 restoring it.
3603 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
3604 Discarded Symbols}).
3605 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor specific to
3606 a particular mid-rule action's semantic value.
3607
3608 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
3609 declare a destructor for that symbol:
3610
3611 @example
3612 @group
3613 %type <context> let
3614 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
3615
3616 %%
3617
3618 stmt: let stmt
3619 @{ $$ = $2;
3620 pop_context ($1); @}
3621 ;
3622
3623 let: LET '(' var ')'
3624 @{ $$ = push_context ();
3625 declare_variable ($3); @}
3626 ;
3627
3628 @end group
3629 @end example
3630
3631 @noindent
3632 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
3633 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
3634 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3635
3636 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3637 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3638 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3639 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3640 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3641 declaration or not:
3642
3643 @example
3644 @group
3645 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3646 | '@{' statements '@}'
3647 ;
3648 @end group
3649 @end example
3650
3651 @noindent
3652 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3653
3654 @example
3655 @group
3656 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3657 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3658 @end group
3659 @group
3660 | '@{' statements '@}'
3661 ;
3662 @end group
3663 @end example
3664
3665 @noindent
3666 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3667 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3668 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3669 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3670 the @dfn{lookahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3671 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.)
3672
3673 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3674 actions into the two rules, like this:
3675
3676 @example
3677 @group
3678 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3679 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3680 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3681 '@{' statements '@}'
3682 ;
3683 @end group
3684 @end example
3685
3686 @noindent
3687 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3688 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3689
3690 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3691 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3692 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3693
3694 @example
3695 @group
3696 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3697 declarations statements '@}'
3698 | '@{' statements '@}'
3699 ;
3700 @end group
3701 @end example
3702
3703 @noindent
3704 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3705 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3706
3707 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3708 serves as a subroutine:
3709
3710 @example
3711 @group
3712 subroutine: /* empty */
3713 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3714 ;
3715
3716 @end group
3717
3718 @group
3719 compound: subroutine
3720 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3721 | subroutine
3722 '@{' statements '@}'
3723 ;
3724 @end group
3725 @end example
3726
3727 @noindent
3728 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3729 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
3730
3731 @node Locations
3732 @section Tracking Locations
3733 @cindex location
3734 @cindex textual location
3735 @cindex location, textual
3736
3737 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3738 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3739 especially symbol locations.
3740
3741 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3742 actions to take when rules are matched.
3743
3744 @menu
3745 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3746 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3747 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3748 @end menu
3749
3750 @node Location Type
3751 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3752 @cindex data type of locations
3753 @cindex default location type
3754
3755 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3756 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3757
3758 You can specify the type of locations by defining a macro called
3759 @code{YYLTYPE}, just as you can specify the semantic value type by
3760 defining a @code{YYSTYPE} macro (@pxref{Value Type}).
3761 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3762 four members:
3763
3764 @example
3765 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3766 @{
3767 int first_line;
3768 int first_column;
3769 int last_line;
3770 int last_column;
3771 @} YYLTYPE;
3772 @end example
3773
3774 At the beginning of the parsing, Bison initializes all these fields to 1
3775 for @code{yylloc}.
3776
3777 @node Actions and Locations
3778 @subsection Actions and Locations
3779 @cindex location actions
3780 @cindex actions, location
3781 @vindex @@$
3782 @vindex @@@var{n}
3783
3784 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3785 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3786
3787 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3788 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3789 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3790 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3791 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3792 @code{@@$}.
3793
3794 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3795
3796 @example
3797 @group
3798 exp: @dots{}
3799 | exp '/' exp
3800 @{
3801 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3802 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3803 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3804 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3805 if ($3)
3806 $$ = $1 / $3;
3807 else
3808 @{
3809 $$ = 1;
3810 fprintf (stderr,
3811 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3812 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3813 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3814 @}
3815 @}
3816 @end group
3817 @end example
3818
3819 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3820 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3821 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3822 last symbol.
3823
3824 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3825 example above simply rewrites this way:
3826
3827 @example
3828 @group
3829 exp: @dots{}
3830 | exp '/' exp
3831 @{
3832 if ($3)
3833 $$ = $1 / $3;
3834 else
3835 @{
3836 $$ = 1;
3837 fprintf (stderr,
3838 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3839 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3840 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3841 @}
3842 @}
3843 @end group
3844 @end example
3845
3846 @vindex yylloc
3847 It is also possible to access the location of the lookahead token, if any,
3848 from a semantic action.
3849 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3850 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3851
3852 @node Location Default Action
3853 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3854 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3855 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}
3856
3857 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3858 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3859 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3860 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3861 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3862 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3863 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR}
3864 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location
3865 of that ambiguity.
3866
3867 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3868 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3869
3870 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3871 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3872 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3873 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3874 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side.
3875 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate
3876 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined.
3877 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations
3878 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3879 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3880
3881 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3882
3883 @smallexample
3884 @group
3885 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3886 do \
3887 if (N) \
3888 @{ \
3889 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3890 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3891 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3892 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3893 @} \
3894 else \
3895 @{ \
3896 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3897 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3898 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3899 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3900 @} \
3901 while (0)
3902 @end group
3903 @end smallexample
3904
3905 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3906 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3907 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3908
3909 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3910
3911 @itemize @bullet
3912 @item
3913 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3914 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3915
3916 @item
3917 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3918 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3919 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3920 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3921
3922 @item
3923 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3924 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3925 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3926 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3927 @end itemize
3928
3929 @node Declarations
3930 @section Bison Declarations
3931 @cindex declarations, Bison
3932 @cindex Bison declarations
3933
3934 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3935 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3936 @xref{Symbols}.
3937
3938 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3939 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3940 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3941 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3942
3943 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3944 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3945 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3946 Grammars}).
3947
3948 @menu
3949 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3950 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3951 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3952 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3953 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3954 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3955 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3956 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3957 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3958 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3959 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3960 @end menu
3961
3962 @node Require Decl
3963 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3964 @cindex version requirement
3965 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3966 @findex %require
3967
3968 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3969 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3970 status 63).
3971
3972 @example
3973 %require "@var{version}"
3974 @end example
3975
3976 @node Token Decl
3977 @subsection Token Type Names
3978 @cindex declaring token type names
3979 @cindex token type names, declaring
3980 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3981 @findex %token
3982
3983 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3984
3985 @example
3986 %token @var{name}
3987 @end example
3988
3989 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3990 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3991 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3992
3993 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3994 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3995 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3996 Precedence}.
3997
3998 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3999 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
4000 following the token name:
4001
4002 @example
4003 %token NUM 300
4004 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
4005 @end example
4006
4007 @noindent
4008 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
4009 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
4010 with each other or with normal characters.
4011
4012 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
4013 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
4014 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
4015 Than One Value Type}).
4016
4017 For example:
4018
4019 @example
4020 @group
4021 %union @{ /* define stack type */
4022 double val;
4023 symrec *tptr;
4024 @}
4025 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
4026 @end group
4027 @end example
4028
4029 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
4030 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
4031 declaration which declares the name. For example:
4032
4033 @example
4034 %token arrow "=>"
4035 @end example
4036
4037 @noindent
4038 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
4039 equivalent literal string tokens:
4040
4041 @example
4042 %token <operator> OR "||"
4043 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
4044 %left OR "<="
4045 @end example
4046
4047 @noindent
4048 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
4049 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
4050 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
4051 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
4052
4053 @node Precedence Decl
4054 @subsection Operator Precedence
4055 @cindex precedence declarations
4056 @cindex declaring operator precedence
4057 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
4058
4059 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
4060 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
4061 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
4062 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
4063 operator precedence.
4064
4065 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
4066 @code{%token}: either
4067
4068 @example
4069 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
4070 @end example
4071
4072 @noindent
4073 or
4074
4075 @example
4076 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
4077 @end example
4078
4079 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
4080 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
4081 all the @var{symbols}:
4082
4083 @itemize @bullet
4084 @item
4085 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
4086 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
4087 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
4088 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
4089 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
4090 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
4091 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
4092 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
4093 considered a syntax error.
4094
4095 @item
4096 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
4097 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
4098 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
4099 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
4100 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
4101 @end itemize
4102
4103 @node Union Decl
4104 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
4105 @cindex declaring value types
4106 @cindex value types, declaring
4107 @findex %union
4108
4109 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
4110 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
4111 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
4112 @code{union} in C@.
4113
4114 For example:
4115
4116 @example
4117 @group
4118 %union @{
4119 double val;
4120 symrec *tptr;
4121 @}
4122 @end group
4123 @end example
4124
4125 @noindent
4126 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
4127 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
4128 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
4129 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4130
4131 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
4132 @code{union}. For example:
4133
4134 @example
4135 @group
4136 %union value @{
4137 double val;
4138 symrec *tptr;
4139 @}
4140 @end group
4141 @end example
4142
4143 @noindent
4144 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
4145 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
4146 @code{YYSTYPE}.
4147
4148 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
4149 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
4150 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
4151
4152 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
4153 a semicolon after the closing brace.
4154
4155 Instead of @code{%union}, you can define and use your own union type
4156 @code{YYSTYPE} if your grammar contains at least one
4157 @samp{<@var{type}>} tag. For example, you can put the following into
4158 a header file @file{parser.h}:
4159
4160 @example
4161 @group
4162 union YYSTYPE @{
4163 double val;
4164 symrec *tptr;
4165 @};
4166 typedef union YYSTYPE YYSTYPE;
4167 @end group
4168 @end example
4169
4170 @noindent
4171 and then your grammar can use the following
4172 instead of @code{%union}:
4173
4174 @example
4175 @group
4176 %@{
4177 #include "parser.h"
4178 %@}
4179 %type <val> expr
4180 %token <tptr> ID
4181 @end group
4182 @end example
4183
4184 @node Type Decl
4185 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
4186 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
4187 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
4188 @findex %type
4189
4190 @noindent
4191 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
4192 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
4193 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
4194
4195 @example
4196 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
4197 @end example
4198
4199 @noindent
4200 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
4201 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
4202 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
4203 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
4204 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
4205 the symbol names.
4206
4207 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
4208 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
4209 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
4210 @code{<@var{type}>}.
4211
4212 @node Initial Action Decl
4213 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
4214 @findex %initial-action
4215
4216 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
4217 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
4218 code.
4219
4220 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
4221 @findex %initial-action
4222 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
4223 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
4224 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the lookahead --- and the
4225 @code{%parse-param}.
4226 @end deffn
4227
4228 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
4229
4230 @example
4231 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
4232 %initial-action
4233 @{
4234 @@$.initialize (file_name);
4235 @};
4236 @end example
4237
4238
4239 @node Destructor Decl
4240 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
4241 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
4242 @findex %destructor
4243 @findex <*>
4244 @findex <>
4245 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
4246 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
4247 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
4248 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
4249 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
4250 must discard the start symbol.
4251
4252 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
4253 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
4254 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
4255 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
4256
4257 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
4258 symbol is automatically discarded.
4259
4260 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
4261 @findex %destructor
4262 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
4263 @var{symbols}.
4264 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
4265 with the discarded symbol, and @code{@@$} designates its location.
4266 The additional parser parameters are also available (@pxref{Parser Function, ,
4267 The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}).
4268
4269 When a symbol is listed among @var{symbols}, its @code{%destructor} is called a
4270 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4271 You may also define a per-type @code{%destructor} by listing a semantic type
4272 tag among @var{symbols}.
4273 In that case, the parser will invoke this @var{code} whenever it discards any
4274 grammar symbol that has that semantic type tag unless that symbol has its own
4275 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4276
4277 Finally, you can define two different kinds of default @code{%destructor}s.
4278 (These default forms are experimental.
4279 More user feedback will help to determine whether they should become permanent
4280 features.)
4281 You can place each of @code{<*>} and @code{<>} in the @var{symbols} list of
4282 exactly one @code{%destructor} declaration in your grammar file.
4283 The parser will invoke the @var{code} associated with one of these whenever it
4284 discards any user-defined grammar symbol that has no per-symbol and no per-type
4285 @code{%destructor}.
4286 The parser uses the @var{code} for @code{<*>} in the case of such a grammar
4287 symbol for which you have formally declared a semantic type tag (@code{%type}
4288 counts as such a declaration, but @code{$<tag>$} does not).
4289 The parser uses the @var{code} for @code{<>} in the case of such a grammar
4290 symbol that has no declared semantic type tag.
4291 @end deffn
4292
4293 @noindent
4294 For example:
4295
4296 @smallexample
4297 %union @{ char *string; @}
4298 %token <string> STRING1
4299 %token <string> STRING2
4300 %type <string> string1
4301 %type <string> string2
4302 %union @{ char character; @}
4303 %token <character> CHR
4304 %type <character> chr
4305 %token TAGLESS
4306
4307 %destructor @{ @} <character>
4308 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} <*>
4309 %destructor @{ free ($$); printf ("%d", @@$.first_line); @} STRING1 string1
4310 %destructor @{ printf ("Discarding tagless symbol.\n"); @} <>
4311 @end smallexample
4312
4313 @noindent
4314 guarantees that, when the parser discards any user-defined symbol that has a
4315 semantic type tag other than @code{<character>}, it passes its semantic value
4316 to @code{free} by default.
4317 However, when the parser discards a @code{STRING1} or a @code{string1}, it also
4318 prints its line number to @code{stdout}.
4319 It performs only the second @code{%destructor} in this case, so it invokes
4320 @code{free} only once.
4321 Finally, the parser merely prints a message whenever it discards any symbol,
4322 such as @code{TAGLESS}, that has no semantic type tag.
4323
4324 A Bison-generated parser invokes the default @code{%destructor}s only for
4325 user-defined as opposed to Bison-defined symbols.
4326 For example, the parser will not invoke either kind of default
4327 @code{%destructor} for the special Bison-defined symbols @code{$accept},
4328 @code{$undefined}, or @code{$end} (@pxref{Table of Symbols, ,Bison Symbols}),
4329 none of which you can reference in your grammar.
4330 It also will not invoke either for the @code{error} token (@pxref{Table of
4331 Symbols, ,error}), which is always defined by Bison regardless of whether you
4332 reference it in your grammar.
4333 However, it may invoke one of them for the end token (token 0) if you
4334 redefine it from @code{$end} to, for example, @code{END}:
4335
4336 @smallexample
4337 %token END 0
4338 @end smallexample
4339
4340 @cindex actions in mid-rule
4341 @cindex mid-rule actions
4342 Finally, Bison will never invoke a @code{%destructor} for an unreferenced
4343 mid-rule semantic value (@pxref{Mid-Rule Actions,,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
4344 That is, Bison does not consider a mid-rule to have a semantic value if you do
4345 not reference @code{$$} in the mid-rule's action or @code{$@var{n}} (where
4346 @var{n} is the RHS symbol position of the mid-rule) in any later action in that
4347 rule.
4348 However, if you do reference either, the Bison-generated parser will invoke the
4349 @code{<>} @code{%destructor} whenever it discards the mid-rule symbol.
4350
4351 @ignore
4352 @noindent
4353 In the future, it may be possible to redefine the @code{error} token as a
4354 nonterminal that captures the discarded symbols.
4355 In that case, the parser will invoke the default destructor for it as well.
4356 @end ignore
4357
4358 @sp 1
4359
4360 @cindex discarded symbols
4361 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
4362
4363 @itemize
4364 @item
4365 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
4366 @item
4367 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
4368 @item
4369 the current lookahead and the entire stack (except the current
4370 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
4371 @item
4372 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
4373 @end itemize
4374
4375 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
4376 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
4377 exhaustion.
4378
4379 Right-hand size symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
4380 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
4381 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
4382 the memory.
4383
4384 @node Expect Decl
4385 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
4386 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
4387 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
4388 @cindex warnings, preventing
4389 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
4390 @findex %expect
4391 @findex %expect-rr
4392
4393 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
4394 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
4395 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
4396 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
4397 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
4398 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
4399
4400 The declaration looks like this:
4401
4402 @example
4403 %expect @var{n}
4404 @end example
4405
4406 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
4407 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
4408 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
4409 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
4410
4411 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
4412 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
4413 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
4414 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
4415 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
4416 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
4417 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
4418
4419 @example
4420 %expect-rr @var{n}
4421 @end example
4422
4423 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
4424
4425 @itemize @bullet
4426 @item
4427 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4428 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4429 print the number of conflicts.
4430
4431 @item
4432 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4433 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4434 go back to the beginning.
4435
4436 @item
4437 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4438 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4439 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4440 @end itemize
4441
4442 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4443 will keep silent otherwise.
4444
4445 @node Start Decl
4446 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4447 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4448 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4449 @cindex default start symbol
4450 @findex %start
4451
4452 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4453 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4454 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4455
4456 @example
4457 %start @var{symbol}
4458 @end example
4459
4460 @node Pure Decl
4461 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4462 @cindex reentrant parser
4463 @cindex pure parser
4464 @findex %pure-parser
4465
4466 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4467 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4468 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4469 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4470 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4471 program must be called only within interlocks.
4472
4473 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4474 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4475 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4476 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4477 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4478
4479 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4480 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
4481 reentrant. It looks like this:
4482
4483 @example
4484 %pure-parser
4485 @end example
4486
4487 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4488 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4489 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4490 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4491 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
4492 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4493 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4494 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4495
4496 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4497 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4498 valid grammar.
4499
4500 @node Decl Summary
4501 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4502 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4503 @cindex declaration summary
4504 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4505
4506 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4507
4508 @deffn {Directive} %union
4509 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4510 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4511 @end deffn
4512
4513 @deffn {Directive} %token
4514 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4515 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4516 @end deffn
4517
4518 @deffn {Directive} %right
4519 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4520 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4521 @end deffn
4522
4523 @deffn {Directive} %left
4524 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4525 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4526 @end deffn
4527
4528 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4529 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4530 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4531 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4532 @end deffn
4533
4534 @ifset defaultprec
4535 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4536 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4537 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4538 @end deffn
4539 @end ifset
4540
4541 @deffn {Directive} %type
4542 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4543 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4544 @end deffn
4545
4546 @deffn {Directive} %start
4547 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4548 Start-Symbol}).
4549 @end deffn
4550
4551 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4552 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4553 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4554 @end deffn
4555
4556
4557 @sp 1
4558 @noindent
4559 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4560 directives:
4561
4562 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4563 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4564 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4565 @end deffn
4566 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4567
4568 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4569 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4570 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4571 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4572 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4573
4574 For C parsers, the output header declares @code{YYSTYPE} unless
4575 @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro or you have used a
4576 @code{<@var{type}>} tag without using @code{%union}.
4577 Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4578 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
4579 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
4580 or type definition
4581 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
4582 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
4583 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
4584 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4585
4586 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4587 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4588 Parser}.
4589
4590 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4591 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4592 the @code{YYSTYPE} macro and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4593 Locations}.
4594
4595 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
4596 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
4597 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
4598 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
4599 Tokens}.
4600
4601 @findex %requires
4602 @findex %provides
4603 If you have declared @code{%requires} or @code{%provides}, the output
4604 header also contains their code.
4605 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%requires}.
4606 @end deffn
4607
4608 @deffn {Directive} %defines @var{defines-file}
4609 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
4610 @end deffn
4611
4612 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4613 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4614 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4615 @end deffn
4616
4617 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix "@var{prefix}"
4618 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4619 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4620 @end deffn
4621
4622 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4623 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4624 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4625 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4626 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4627 accurate syntax error messages.
4628 @end deffn
4629
4630 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix "@var{prefix}"
4631 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4632 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4633 in C parsers
4634 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4635 @code{yylval}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4636 (if locations are used) @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4637 @samp{%name-prefix "c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4638 and so on. In C++ parsers, it is only the surrounding namespace which is
4639 named @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}.
4640 @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}.
4641 @end deffn
4642
4643 @ifset defaultprec
4644 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4645 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4646 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4647 Precedence}).
4648 @end deffn
4649 @end ifset
4650
4651 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4652 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4653 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4654 declarations.
4655
4656 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4657 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4658 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4659 @end deffn
4660
4661 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4662 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4663 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4664 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4665 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4666 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4667 file in its own right.
4668 @end deffn
4669
4670 @deffn {Directive} %output "@var{file}"
4671 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4672 @end deffn
4673
4674 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4675 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4676 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4677 @end deffn
4678
4679 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4680 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4681 Require a Version of Bison}.
4682 @end deffn
4683
4684 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4685 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4686 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4687 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4688 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4689 @code{"$end"},
4690 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4691 defined in the grammar file.
4692
4693 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4694 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4695 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4696 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4697 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4698 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4699 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4700 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4701
4702 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4703 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4704 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4705
4706 @table @code
4707 @item YYNTOKENS
4708 The highest token number, plus one.
4709 @item YYNNTS
4710 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4711 @item YYNRULES
4712 The number of grammar rules,
4713 @item YYNSTATES
4714 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4715 @end table
4716 @end deffn
4717
4718 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4719 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4720 parser states and what is done for each type of lookahead token in
4721 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4722 information.
4723 @end deffn
4724
4725 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4726 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4727 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4728 @end deffn
4729
4730
4731 @node Multiple Parsers
4732 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4733
4734 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4735 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4736 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4737 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4738
4739 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4740 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4741 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4742 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4743 names that do not conflict.
4744
4745 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4746 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4747 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4748 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4749
4750 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4751 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4752 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4753 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4754 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4755
4756 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4757 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4758 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4759 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4760
4761 @node Interface
4762 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4763 @cindex C-language interface
4764 @cindex interface
4765
4766 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4767 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4768 functions that it needs to use.
4769
4770 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4771 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4772 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4773 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4774
4775 @menu
4776 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4777 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4778 which reads tokens.
4779 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4780 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4781 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4782 native language.
4783 @end menu
4784
4785 @node Parser Function
4786 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4787 @findex yyparse
4788
4789 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4790 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4791 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4792 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4793 without reading further.
4794
4795
4796 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4797 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4798 is due to end-of-input).
4799
4800 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4801 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4802 invoked.
4803
4804 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4805 @end deftypefun
4806
4807 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4808 these macros:
4809
4810 @defmac YYACCEPT
4811 @findex YYACCEPT
4812 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4813 @end defmac
4814
4815 @defmac YYABORT
4816 @findex YYABORT
4817 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4818 @end defmac
4819
4820 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4821 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4822 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4823
4824 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4825 @findex %parse-param
4826 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
4827 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4828 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4829 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4830 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4831 @end deffn
4832
4833 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4834
4835 @example
4836 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4837 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4838 @end example
4839
4840 @noindent
4841 Then call the parser like this:
4842
4843 @example
4844 @{
4845 int nastiness, randomness;
4846 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4847 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4848 @dots{}
4849 @}
4850 @end example
4851
4852 @noindent
4853 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4854
4855 @example
4856 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4857 @end example
4858
4859
4860 @node Lexical
4861 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4862 @findex yylex
4863 @cindex lexical analyzer
4864
4865 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4866 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4867 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4868 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4869
4870 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4871 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4872 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4873 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4874 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4875 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4876 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4877
4878 @menu
4879 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4880 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4881 of the token it has read.
4882 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4883 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4884 actions want that.
4885 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4886 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4887 @end menu
4888
4889 @node Calling Convention
4890 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4891
4892 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4893 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4894 signifies end-of-input.
4895
4896 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4897 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4898 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4899 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4900
4901 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4902 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4903 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4904 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4905 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4906 signifies end-of-input.
4907
4908 Here is an example showing these things:
4909
4910 @example
4911 int
4912 yylex (void)
4913 @{
4914 @dots{}
4915 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4916 return 0;
4917 @dots{}
4918 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4919 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4920 @dots{}
4921 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4922 @dots{}
4923 @}
4924 @end example
4925
4926 @noindent
4927 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4928 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4929
4930 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4931 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4932
4933 @itemize @bullet
4934 @item
4935 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4936 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4937 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4938 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4939
4940 @item
4941 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4942 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4943 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4944 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4945 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
4946 to Bison.
4947
4948 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
4949 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
4950 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
4951 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
4952
4953 @smallexample
4954 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4955 @{
4956 if (yytname[i] != 0
4957 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4958 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4959 strlen (token_buffer))
4960 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4961 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4962 break;
4963 @}
4964 @end smallexample
4965
4966 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4967 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4968 @end itemize
4969
4970 @node Token Values
4971 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4972
4973 @vindex yylval
4974 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4975 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4976 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4977 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4978 @code{yylex}:
4979
4980 @example
4981 @group
4982 @dots{}
4983 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4984 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4985 @dots{}
4986 @end group
4987 @end example
4988
4989 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4990 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4991 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4992 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4993 declaration looks like this:
4994
4995 @example
4996 @group
4997 %union @{
4998 int intval;
4999 double val;
5000 symrec *tptr;
5001 @}
5002 @end group
5003 @end example
5004
5005 @noindent
5006 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
5007
5008 @example
5009 @group
5010 @dots{}
5011 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5012 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5013 @dots{}
5014 @end group
5015 @end example
5016
5017 @node Token Locations
5018 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
5019
5020 @vindex yylloc
5021 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
5022 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
5023 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
5024 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
5025 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
5026 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
5027
5028 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
5029 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
5030 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
5031 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
5032 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5033
5034 @tindex YYLTYPE
5035 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
5036
5037 @node Pure Calling
5038 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
5039
5040 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
5041 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
5042 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
5043 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
5044 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
5045 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
5046 pointers.
5047
5048 @example
5049 int
5050 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
5051 @{
5052 @dots{}
5053 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5054 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5055 @dots{}
5056 @}
5057 @end example
5058
5059 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
5060 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
5061 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
5062 only one argument.
5063
5064
5065 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
5066 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
5067 Function}).
5068
5069 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
5070 @findex %lex-param
5071 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
5072 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
5073 @end deffn
5074
5075 For instance:
5076
5077 @example
5078 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5079 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
5080 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5081 @end example
5082
5083 @noindent
5084 results in the following signature:
5085
5086 @example
5087 int yylex (int *nastiness);
5088 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5089 @end example
5090
5091 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
5092
5093 @example
5094 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
5095 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5096 @end example
5097
5098 @noindent
5099 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
5100
5101 @example
5102 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
5103 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5104 @end example
5105
5106 @node Error Reporting
5107 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
5108 @cindex error reporting function
5109 @findex yyerror
5110 @cindex parse error
5111 @cindex syntax error
5112
5113 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
5114 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
5115 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
5116 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
5117 in Actions}).
5118
5119 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
5120 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
5121 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
5122 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
5123 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
5124
5125 @findex %error-verbose
5126 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
5127 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
5128 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
5129 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
5130
5131 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
5132 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
5133 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
5134 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
5135 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
5136 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
5137
5138 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
5139 translated automatically from English to some other language before
5140 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
5141
5142 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
5143
5144 @example
5145 @group
5146 void
5147 yyerror (char const *s)
5148 @{
5149 @end group
5150 @group
5151 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
5152 @}
5153 @end group
5154 @end example
5155
5156 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
5157 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
5158 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
5159 immediately return 1.
5160
5161 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
5162 an access to the current location.
5163 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
5164 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
5165 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
5166 @code{yyerror} are:
5167
5168 @example
5169 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
5170 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
5171 @end example
5172
5173 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
5174
5175 @example
5176 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
5177 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
5178 @end example
5179
5180 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
5181 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
5182 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
5183 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
5184
5185 @example
5186 /* Location tracking. */
5187 %locations
5188 /* Pure yylex. */
5189 %pure-parser
5190 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
5191 /* Pure yyparse. */
5192 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5193 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5194 @end example
5195
5196 @noindent
5197 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
5198
5199 @example
5200 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
5201 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5202 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
5203 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
5204 char const *msg);
5205 @end example
5206
5207 @noindent
5208 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
5209 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
5210 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
5211 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
5212 message is always passed last.
5213
5214 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
5215 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
5216 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
5217 @code{yyerror}.
5218
5219 @vindex yynerrs
5220 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
5221 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
5222 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
5223 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
5224
5225 @node Action Features
5226 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
5227 @cindex summary, action features
5228 @cindex action features summary
5229
5230 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
5231 are useful in actions.
5232
5233 @deffn {Variable} $$
5234 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
5235 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
5236 @end deffn
5237
5238 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
5239 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
5240 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
5241 @end deffn
5242
5243 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
5244 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
5245 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
5246 Types of Values in Actions}.
5247 @end deffn
5248
5249 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
5250 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
5251 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
5252 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
5253 @end deffn
5254
5255 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
5256 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
5257 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
5258 @end deffn
5259
5260 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
5261 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
5262 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
5263 @end deffn
5264
5265 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
5266 @findex YYBACKUP
5267 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
5268 a single value, and only when there is no lookahead token.
5269 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
5270 It installs a lookahead token with token type @var{token} and
5271 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
5272 going to be reduced by this rule.
5273
5274 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
5275 a lookahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
5276 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
5277 recovery.
5278
5279 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
5280 @end deffn
5281
5282 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
5283 @vindex YYEMPTY
5284 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no lookahead token.
5285 @end deffn
5286
5287 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
5288 @vindex YYEOF
5289 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the lookahead is the end of the input
5290 stream.
5291 @end deffn
5292
5293 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
5294 @findex YYERROR
5295 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
5296 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
5297 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
5298 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
5299 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
5300 @end deffn
5301
5302 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
5303 @findex YYRECOVERING
5304 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
5305 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
5306 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5307 @end deffn
5308
5309 @deffn {Variable} yychar
5310 Variable containing either the lookahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
5311 lookahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no lookahead
5312 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
5313 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5314 Actions}).
5315 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
5316 @end deffn
5317
5318 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
5319 Discard the current lookahead token. This is useful primarily in
5320 error rules.
5321 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
5322 Semantic Actions}).
5323 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5324 @end deffn
5325
5326 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
5327 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
5328 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
5329 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5330 @end deffn
5331
5332 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
5333 Variable containing the lookahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
5334 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5335 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5336 Actions}).
5337 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
5338 @end deffn
5339
5340 @deffn {Variable} yylval
5341 Variable containing the lookahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
5342 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5343 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5344 Actions}).
5345 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
5346 @end deffn
5347
5348 @deffn {Value} @@$
5349 @findex @@$
5350 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5351 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5352 Tracking Locations}.
5353
5354 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
5355
5356 @c @example
5357 @c struct @{
5358 @c int first_line, last_line;
5359 @c int first_column, last_column;
5360 @c @};
5361 @c @end example
5362
5363 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
5364 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
5365
5366 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
5367 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
5368 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
5369 @c those members.
5370
5371 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5372 @end deffn
5373
5374 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
5375 @findex @@@var{n}
5376 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5377 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5378 Tracking Locations}.
5379 @end deffn
5380
5381 @node Internationalization
5382 @section Parser Internationalization
5383 @cindex internationalization
5384 @cindex i18n
5385 @cindex NLS
5386 @cindex gettext
5387 @cindex bison-po
5388
5389 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
5390 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
5391 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
5392 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
5393 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
5394 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
5395 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
5396 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
5397 installation.
5398
5399 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
5400 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
5401 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
5402 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
5403
5404 @enumerate
5405 @item
5406 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
5407 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
5408 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
5409 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
5410 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
5411 For example:
5412
5413 @example
5414 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
5415 @end example
5416
5417 @item
5418 @findex BISON_I18N
5419 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
5420 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
5421 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
5422 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
5423 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
5424 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
5425 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
5426 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
5427 Bison-generated parser.
5428
5429 @item
5430 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
5431 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
5432 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
5433 For example:
5434
5435 @example
5436 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
5437 @end example
5438
5439 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
5440 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
5441 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
5442 @file{Makefile}.
5443
5444 @item
5445 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
5446 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
5447 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
5448
5449 @example
5450 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5451 @end example
5452
5453 or:
5454
5455 @example
5456 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5457 @end example
5458
5459 @item
5460 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
5461 infrastructure.
5462 @end enumerate
5463
5464
5465 @node Algorithm
5466 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
5467 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
5468 @cindex algorithm of parser
5469 @cindex shifting
5470 @cindex reduction
5471 @cindex parser stack
5472 @cindex stack, parser
5473
5474 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
5475 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
5476 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
5477
5478 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
5479 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
5480 that was shifted.
5481
5482 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
5483 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
5484 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
5485 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
5486 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
5487 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
5488 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
5489
5490 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
5491
5492 @example
5493 1 + 5 * 3
5494 @end example
5495
5496 @noindent
5497 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
5498 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
5499
5500 @example
5501 expr: expr '*' expr;
5502 @end example
5503
5504 @noindent
5505 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
5506
5507 @example
5508 1 + 15
5509 @end example
5510
5511 @noindent
5512 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
5513 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
5514
5515 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
5516 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
5517 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
5518
5519 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
5520
5521 @menu
5522 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
5523 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
5524 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
5525 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
5526 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
5527 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
5528 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
5529 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
5530 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
5531 @end menu
5532
5533 @node Lookahead
5534 @section Lookahead Tokens
5535 @cindex lookahead token
5536
5537 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
5538 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
5539 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
5540 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
5541 token in order to decide what to do.
5542
5543 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
5544 @dfn{lookahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
5545 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
5546 the lookahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5547 should take place, the lookahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5548 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5549 token type of the lookahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5550 application.
5551
5552 Here is a simple case where lookahead is needed. These three rules define
5553 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5554 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5555
5556 @example
5557 @group
5558 expr: term '+' expr
5559 | term
5560 ;
5561 @end group
5562
5563 @group
5564 term: '(' expr ')'
5565 | term '!'
5566 | NUMBER
5567 ;
5568 @end group
5569 @end example
5570
5571 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5572 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5573 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5574 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5575 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5576
5577 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5578 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5579 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5580 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5581 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5582 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5583
5584 @vindex yychar
5585 @vindex yylval
5586 @vindex yylloc
5587 The lookahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5588 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
5589 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
5590 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5591
5592 @node Shift/Reduce
5593 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5594 @cindex conflicts
5595 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5596 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5597 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5598
5599 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5600 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5601
5602 @example
5603 @group
5604 if_stmt:
5605 IF expr THEN stmt
5606 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5607 ;
5608 @end group
5609 @end example
5610
5611 @noindent
5612 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5613 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5614
5615 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the lookahead token, the
5616 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5617 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5618 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5619 rule.
5620
5621 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5622 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5623 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5624 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5625 contrast it with the other alternative.
5626
5627 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5628 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5629 equivalent:
5630
5631 @example
5632 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5633
5634 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5635 @end example
5636
5637 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5638 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5639 making these two inputs equivalent:
5640
5641 @example
5642 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5643
5644 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5645 @end example
5646
5647 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5648 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5649 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5650 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5651 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5652 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5653 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5654 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5655
5656 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5657 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5658 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5659 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5660
5661 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5662 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5663 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5664 conflict:
5665
5666 @example
5667 @group
5668 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5669 %%
5670 @end group
5671 @group
5672 stmt: expr
5673 | if_stmt
5674 ;
5675 @end group
5676
5677 @group
5678 if_stmt:
5679 IF expr THEN stmt
5680 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5681 ;
5682 @end group
5683
5684 expr: variable
5685 ;
5686 @end example
5687
5688 @node Precedence
5689 @section Operator Precedence
5690 @cindex operator precedence
5691 @cindex precedence of operators
5692
5693 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5694 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5695 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5696 shift and when to reduce.
5697
5698 @menu
5699 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5700 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5701 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5702 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5703 @end menu
5704
5705 @node Why Precedence
5706 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5707
5708 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5709 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5710
5711 @example
5712 @group
5713 expr: expr '-' expr
5714 | expr '*' expr
5715 | expr '<' expr
5716 | '(' expr ')'
5717 @dots{}
5718 ;
5719 @end group
5720 @end example
5721
5722 @noindent
5723 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5724 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5725 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5726 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5727 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5728 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5729 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5730 different results.
5731
5732 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5733 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5734 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5735 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5736 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5737 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5738 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5739 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5740 @samp{<}.
5741
5742 @cindex associativity
5743 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5744 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5745 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5746 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5747 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5748 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5749 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the lookahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5750 makes right-associativity.
5751
5752 @node Using Precedence
5753 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5754 @findex %left
5755 @findex %right
5756 @findex %nonassoc
5757
5758 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5759 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5760 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5761 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5762 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5763 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5764 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5765 row''.
5766
5767 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5768 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5769 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5770 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5771 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5772
5773 @node Precedence Examples
5774 @subsection Precedence Examples
5775
5776 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5777
5778 @example
5779 %left '<'
5780 %left '-'
5781 %left '*'
5782 @end example
5783
5784 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5785 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5786 declared with @code{'-'}:
5787
5788 @example
5789 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5790 %left '+' '-'
5791 %left '*' '/'
5792 @end example
5793
5794 @noindent
5795 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5796 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5797 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5798
5799 @node How Precedence
5800 @subsection How Precedence Works
5801
5802 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5803 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5804 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5805 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5806 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5807 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5808
5809 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5810 of the rule being considered with that of the lookahead token. If the
5811 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5812 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5813 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5814 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5815 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5816 resolved.
5817
5818 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5819 the lookahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5820
5821 @node Contextual Precedence
5822 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5823 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5824 @cindex unary operator precedence
5825 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5826 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5827 @findex %prec
5828
5829 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5830 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5831 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5832 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5833
5834 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5835 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5836 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5837 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5838 modifier for rules.
5839
5840 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5841 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5842 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5843 modifier's syntax is:
5844
5845 @example
5846 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5847 @end example
5848
5849 @noindent
5850 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5851 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5852 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5853 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5854 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5855
5856 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5857 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5858 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5859 precedence:
5860
5861 @example
5862 @dots{}
5863 %left '+' '-'
5864 %left '*'
5865 %left UMINUS
5866 @end example
5867
5868 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5869
5870 @example
5871 @group
5872 exp: @dots{}
5873 | exp '-' exp
5874 @dots{}
5875 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5876 @end group
5877 @end example
5878
5879 @ifset defaultprec
5880 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5881 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5882 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5883 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5884
5885 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5886 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5887 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5888 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5889
5890 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5891 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5892 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5893 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5894 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5895 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5896
5897 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5898 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5899 @end ifset
5900
5901 @node Parser States
5902 @section Parser States
5903 @cindex finite-state machine
5904 @cindex parser state
5905 @cindex state (of parser)
5906
5907 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5908 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5909 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5910 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5911 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5912
5913 Each time a lookahead token is read, the current parser state together
5914 with the type of lookahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5915 entry can say, ``Shift the lookahead token.'' In this case, it also
5916 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5917 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5918 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5919 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5920 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5921 pushed.
5922
5923 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the lookahead token
5924 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5925 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5926
5927 @node Reduce/Reduce
5928 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5929 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5930 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5931
5932 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5933 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5934 in the grammar.
5935
5936 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5937 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5938
5939 @example
5940 sequence: /* empty */
5941 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5942 | maybeword
5943 | sequence word
5944 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5945 ;
5946
5947 maybeword: /* empty */
5948 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5949 | word
5950 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5951 ;
5952 @end example
5953
5954 @noindent
5955 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5956 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5957 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5958 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5959 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5960 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5961
5962 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5963 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5964 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5965
5966 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5967 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5968 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5969 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5970 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5971
5972 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5973 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5974 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5975 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5976
5977 @example
5978 sequence: /* empty */
5979 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5980 | sequence word
5981 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5982 ;
5983 @end example
5984
5985 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5986
5987 @example
5988 sequence: /* empty */
5989 | sequence words
5990 | sequence redirects
5991 ;
5992
5993 words: /* empty */
5994 | words word
5995 ;
5996
5997 redirects:/* empty */
5998 | redirects redirect
5999 ;
6000 @end example
6001
6002 @noindent
6003 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
6004 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
6005 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
6006 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
6007 in infinitely many ways!
6008
6009 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
6010 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
6011 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
6012 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
6013
6014 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
6015 of sequence:
6016
6017 @example
6018 sequence: /* empty */
6019 | sequence word
6020 | sequence redirect
6021 ;
6022 @end example
6023
6024 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
6025 from being empty:
6026
6027 @example
6028 sequence: /* empty */
6029 | sequence words
6030 | sequence redirects
6031 ;
6032
6033 words: word
6034 | words word
6035 ;
6036
6037 redirects:redirect
6038 | redirects redirect
6039 ;
6040 @end example
6041
6042 @node Mystery Conflicts
6043 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
6044
6045 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
6046 Here is an example:
6047
6048 @example
6049 @group
6050 %token ID
6051
6052 %%
6053 def: param_spec return_spec ','
6054 ;
6055 param_spec:
6056 type
6057 | name_list ':' type
6058 ;
6059 @end group
6060 @group
6061 return_spec:
6062 type
6063 | name ':' type
6064 ;
6065 @end group
6066 @group
6067 type: ID
6068 ;
6069 @end group
6070 @group
6071 name: ID
6072 ;
6073 name_list:
6074 name
6075 | name ',' name_list
6076 ;
6077 @end group
6078 @end example
6079
6080 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
6081 of lookahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
6082 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
6083 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
6084
6085 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
6086 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
6087 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
6088 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
6089 an @code{ID}
6090 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
6091 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
6092 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
6093 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
6094 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
6095 that the rules would require different lookahead tokens in the two
6096 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
6097 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
6098 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
6099
6100 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
6101 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
6102 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
6103 and tend to
6104 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
6105 as it is now.
6106
6107 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
6108 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
6109 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
6110 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
6111
6112 @example
6113 @group
6114 %token BOGUS
6115 @dots{}
6116 %%
6117 @dots{}
6118 return_spec:
6119 type
6120 | name ':' type
6121 /* This rule is never used. */
6122 | ID BOGUS
6123 ;
6124 @end group
6125 @end example
6126
6127 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
6128 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
6129 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
6130 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
6131 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
6132 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
6133
6134 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
6135 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
6136 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
6137 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
6138 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
6139 rather than the one for @code{name}.
6140
6141 @example
6142 param_spec:
6143 type
6144 | name_list ':' type
6145 ;
6146 return_spec:
6147 type
6148 | ID ':' type
6149 ;
6150 @end example
6151
6152 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
6153 generators, please see:
6154 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
6155 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
6156 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
6157 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
6158
6159 @node Generalized LR Parsing
6160 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
6161 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
6162 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
6163 @cindex ambiguous grammars
6164 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
6165
6166 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
6167 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
6168 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of lookahead.
6169 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
6170 context-free languages.
6171 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
6172 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
6173 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
6174 lookahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
6175 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
6176 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
6177 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
6178 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
6179
6180 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
6181 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
6182 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
6183 parser uses the same basic
6184 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
6185 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
6186 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
6187 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
6188 situation, it
6189 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
6190 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
6191 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
6192 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
6193 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
6194
6195 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
6196 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
6197 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
6198 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
6199 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
6200 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
6201 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
6202 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
6203 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
6204 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
6205 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
6206 stream.
6207
6208 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
6209 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
6210 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
6211 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
6212 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
6213 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
6214 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
6215 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
6216 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
6217 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
6218 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
6219 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
6220
6221 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
6222 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
6223 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
6224 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
6225 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
6226 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
6227 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
6228 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
6229 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
6230 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
6231 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
6232 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
6233 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
6234 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
6235 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
6236 Bison parser.
6237
6238 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
6239 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
6240 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
6241 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
6242 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
6243 (2000-12-24).
6244
6245 @node Memory Management
6246 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
6247 @cindex memory exhaustion
6248 @cindex memory management
6249 @cindex stack overflow
6250 @cindex parser stack overflow
6251 @cindex overflow of parser stack
6252
6253 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
6254 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
6255 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
6256
6257 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
6258 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
6259 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
6260
6261 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
6262 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
6263 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
6264 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
6265 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
6266
6267 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
6268 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
6269 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
6270 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
6271 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
6272 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
6273
6274 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
6275 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
6276 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
6277 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
6278
6279 @cindex default stack limit
6280 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
6281 10000.
6282
6283 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
6284 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
6285 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
6286 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
6287 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
6288 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
6289
6290 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
6291
6292 @c FIXME: C++ output.
6293 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
6294 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
6295 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
6296 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
6297 this deficiency in a future release.
6298
6299 @node Error Recovery
6300 @chapter Error Recovery
6301 @cindex error recovery
6302 @cindex recovery from errors
6303
6304 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
6305 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
6306 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
6307 another expression.
6308
6309 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
6310 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
6311 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
6312 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
6313 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
6314 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
6315 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
6316
6317 @findex error
6318 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
6319 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
6320 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
6321 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
6322 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
6323 in the current context, the parse can continue.
6324
6325 For example:
6326
6327 @example
6328 stmnts: /* empty string */
6329 | stmnts '\n'
6330 | stmnts exp '\n'
6331 | stmnts error '\n'
6332 @end example
6333
6334 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
6335 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
6336
6337 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
6338 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
6339 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
6340 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
6341 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
6342 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
6343 applicable in the ordinary way.
6344
6345 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
6346 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
6347 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
6348 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
6349 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
6350 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
6351 lookahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
6352 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
6353 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
6354 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
6355 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
6356 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
6357
6358 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
6359 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
6360 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
6361
6362 @example
6363 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
6364 @end example
6365
6366 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
6367 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
6368 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
6369 spurious error message:
6370
6371 @example
6372 primary: '(' expr ')'
6373 | '(' error ')'
6374 @dots{}
6375 ;
6376 @end example
6377
6378 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
6379 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
6380 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
6381 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
6382 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
6383 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
6384 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
6385 @code{stmnt}.
6386
6387 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
6388 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
6389 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
6390 error messages resume.
6391
6392 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
6393 as any other rules can.
6394
6395 @findex yyerrok
6396 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
6397 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
6398 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
6399 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
6400
6401 @findex yyclearin
6402 The previous lookahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
6403 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
6404 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
6405 action.
6406 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
6407
6408 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
6409 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
6410 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
6411 probably correct. The previous lookahead token ought to be discarded
6412 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
6413
6414 @vindex YYRECOVERING
6415 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
6416 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
6417 Syntax error diagnostics are suppressed while recovering from a syntax
6418 error.
6419
6420 @node Context Dependency
6421 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
6422
6423 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
6424 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
6425 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
6426 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
6427 languages.
6428
6429 @menu
6430 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
6431 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
6432 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
6433 error recovery rules must be written.
6434 @end menu
6435
6436 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
6437 neither clean nor robust.)
6438
6439 @node Semantic Tokens
6440 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
6441
6442 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
6443 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
6444
6445 @example
6446 foo (x);
6447 @end example
6448
6449 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
6450 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
6451 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
6452
6453 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
6454 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
6455 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
6456 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
6457 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
6458
6459 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
6460 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
6461 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
6462 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
6463 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
6464 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
6465 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
6466
6467 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
6468 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
6469 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
6470 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
6471 earlier:
6472
6473 @example
6474 typedef int foo, bar;
6475 int baz (void)
6476 @{
6477 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
6478 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
6479 return foo (bar);
6480 @}
6481 @end example
6482
6483 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
6484 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
6485
6486 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
6487 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
6488 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
6489 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
6490 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
6491
6492 @example
6493 initdcl:
6494 declarator maybeasm '='
6495 init
6496 | declarator maybeasm
6497 ;
6498
6499 notype_initdcl:
6500 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
6501 init
6502 | notype_declarator maybeasm
6503 ;
6504 @end example
6505
6506 @noindent
6507 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
6508 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
6509 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
6510
6511 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
6512 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
6513 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
6514 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
6515 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
6516 the syntactic context.
6517
6518 @node Lexical Tie-ins
6519 @section Lexical Tie-ins
6520 @cindex lexical tie-in
6521
6522 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
6523 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
6524 parsed.
6525
6526 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
6527 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
6528 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
6529 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
6530 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
6531
6532 @example
6533 @group
6534 %@{
6535 int hexflag;
6536 int yylex (void);
6537 void yyerror (char const *);
6538 %@}
6539 %%
6540 @dots{}
6541 @end group
6542 @group
6543 expr: IDENTIFIER
6544 | constant
6545 | HEX '('
6546 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
6547 expr ')'
6548 @{ hexflag = 0;
6549 $$ = $4; @}
6550 | expr '+' expr
6551 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6552 @dots{}
6553 ;
6554 @end group
6555
6556 @group
6557 constant:
6558 INTEGER
6559 | STRING
6560 ;
6561 @end group
6562 @end example
6563
6564 @noindent
6565 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6566 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6567 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6568
6569 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6570 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6571 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6572
6573 @node Tie-in Recovery
6574 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6575
6576 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6577 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6578
6579 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6580 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6581 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6582 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6583
6584 @example
6585 stmt: expr ';'
6586 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6587 @dots{}
6588 error ';'
6589 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6590 ;
6591 @end example
6592
6593 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6594 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6595 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6596 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6597 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6598
6599 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6600
6601 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6602 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6603 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6604
6605 @example
6606 @group
6607 expr: @dots{}
6608 | '(' expr ')'
6609 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6610 | '(' error ')'
6611 @dots{}
6612 @end group
6613 @end example
6614
6615 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6616 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6617 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6618 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6619
6620 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6621 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6622 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6623 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6624 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6625 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6626 clear the flag.
6627
6628 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6629
6630 @node Debugging
6631 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6632
6633 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6634 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6635 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6636 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6637 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6638 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6639
6640 @menu
6641 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6642 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6643 @end menu
6644
6645 @node Understanding
6646 @section Understanding Your Parser
6647
6648 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6649 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6650 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6651 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6652 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a DOT file).
6653
6654 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6655 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6656 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6657 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6658 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6659 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6660 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6661
6662 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6663
6664 @example
6665 %token NUM STR
6666 %left '+' '-'
6667 %left '*'
6668 %%
6669 exp: exp '+' exp
6670 | exp '-' exp
6671 | exp '*' exp
6672 | exp '/' exp
6673 | NUM
6674 ;
6675 useless: STR;
6676 %%
6677 @end example
6678
6679 @command{bison} reports:
6680
6681 @example
6682 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6683 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6684 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6685 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6686 @end example
6687
6688 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6689 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6690 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6691 interpretation is the same.
6692
6693 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6694 to precedence and/or associativity:
6695
6696 @example
6697 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6698 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6699 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6700 @exdent @dots{}
6701 @end example
6702
6703 @noindent
6704 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6705
6706 @example
6707 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6708 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6709 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6710 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6711 @end example
6712
6713 @noindent
6714 @cindex token, useless
6715 @cindex useless token
6716 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6717 @cindex useless nonterminal
6718 @cindex rule, useless
6719 @cindex useless rule
6720 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6721 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6722 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6723 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6724 below):
6725
6726 @example
6727 Useless nonterminals:
6728 useless
6729
6730 Terminals which are not used:
6731 STR
6732
6733 Useless rules:
6734 #6 useless: STR;
6735 @end example
6736
6737 @noindent
6738 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6739
6740 @example
6741 Grammar
6742
6743 Number, Line, Rule
6744 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6745 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6746 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6747 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6748 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6749 5 9 exp -> NUM
6750 @end example
6751
6752 @noindent
6753 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6754
6755 @example
6756 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6757
6758 $end (0) 0
6759 '*' (42) 3
6760 '+' (43) 1
6761 '-' (45) 2
6762 '/' (47) 4
6763 error (256)
6764 NUM (258) 5
6765
6766 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6767
6768 $accept (8)
6769 on left: 0
6770 exp (9)
6771 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6772 @end example
6773
6774 @noindent
6775 @cindex item
6776 @cindex pointed rule
6777 @cindex rule, pointed
6778 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6779 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6780 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6781 that the input cursor.
6782
6783 @example
6784 state 0
6785
6786 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6787
6788 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6789
6790 exp go to state 2
6791 @end example
6792
6793 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6794 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6795 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6796 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6797 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6798 symbol, and the lookahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6799 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6800 lookahead triggers a syntax error.''
6801
6802 @cindex core, item set
6803 @cindex item set core
6804 @cindex kernel, item set
6805 @cindex item set core
6806 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6807 report lists @code{NUM} as a lookahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6808 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6809 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6810 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6811 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6812 be derived:
6813
6814 @example
6815 state 0
6816
6817 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6818 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6819 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6820 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6821 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6822 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6823
6824 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6825
6826 exp go to state 2
6827 @end example
6828
6829 @noindent
6830 In the state 1...
6831
6832 @example
6833 state 1
6834
6835 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6836
6837 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6838 @end example
6839
6840 @noindent
6841 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the lookahead token
6842 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6843 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6844 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6845
6846 @example
6847 state 2
6848
6849 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6850 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6851 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6852 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6853 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6854
6855 $ shift, and go to state 3
6856 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6857 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6858 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6859 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6860 @end example
6861
6862 @noindent
6863 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6864 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the lookahead if
6865 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6866 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6867 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6868 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6869
6870 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6871 state}:
6872
6873 @example
6874 state 3
6875
6876 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6877
6878 $default accept
6879 @end example
6880
6881 @noindent
6882 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6883 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6884
6885 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6886 the reader.
6887
6888 @example
6889 state 4
6890
6891 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6892
6893 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6894
6895 exp go to state 8
6896
6897 state 5
6898
6899 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6900
6901 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6902
6903 exp go to state 9
6904
6905 state 6
6906
6907 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6908
6909 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6910
6911 exp go to state 10
6912
6913 state 7
6914
6915 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6916
6917 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6918
6919 exp go to state 11
6920 @end example
6921
6922 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6923 1 shift/reduce}:
6924
6925 @example
6926 state 8
6927
6928 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6929 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6930 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6931 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6932 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6933
6934 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6935 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6936
6937 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6938 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6939 @end example
6940
6941 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the lookahead @samp{/}:
6942 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6943 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6944 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6945 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6946 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6947 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6948 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6949
6950 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6951 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6952 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6953 square brackets.
6954
6955 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6956 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6957 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6958 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6959 possible, the lookahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6960 one such state: if the lookahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6961 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6962 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6963 lookahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6964 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6965 with some set of possible lookahead tokens. When run with
6966 @option{--report=lookahead}, Bison specifies these lookahead tokens:
6967
6968 @example
6969 state 8
6970
6971 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6972 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6973 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6974 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6975 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6976
6977 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6978 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6979
6980 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6981 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6982 @end example
6983
6984 The remaining states are similar:
6985
6986 @example
6987 state 9
6988
6989 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6990 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6991 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6992 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6993 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6994
6995 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6996 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6997
6998 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6999 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
7000
7001 state 10
7002
7003 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7004 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7005 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7006 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
7007 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7008
7009 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7010
7011 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
7012 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
7013
7014 state 11
7015
7016 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7017 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7018 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7019 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7020 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
7021
7022 '+' shift, and go to state 4
7023 '-' shift, and go to state 5
7024 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7025 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7026
7027 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7028 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7029 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7030 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7031 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
7032 @end example
7033
7034 @noindent
7035 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
7036 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
7037 @samp{*}, but also because the
7038 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
7039
7040
7041 @node Tracing
7042 @section Tracing Your Parser
7043 @findex yydebug
7044 @cindex debugging
7045 @cindex tracing the parser
7046
7047 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
7048 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
7049
7050 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
7051
7052 @table @asis
7053 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
7054 @findex YYDEBUG
7055 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
7056 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
7057 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
7058 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
7059 Prologue}).
7060
7061 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
7062 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
7063 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
7064
7065 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
7066 @findex %debug
7067 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
7068 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
7069 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
7070 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
7071 you, this is
7072 the preferred solution.
7073 @end table
7074
7075 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
7076 always possible.
7077
7078 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
7079 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
7080 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
7081 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
7082 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
7083 and @code{YYFPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
7084
7085 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
7086 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
7087 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
7088 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
7089
7090 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
7091 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
7092 messages tell you these things:
7093
7094 @itemize @bullet
7095 @item
7096 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
7097
7098 @item
7099 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
7100 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
7101
7102 @item
7103 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
7104 of the state stack afterward.
7105 @end itemize
7106
7107 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
7108 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
7109 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
7110 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
7111 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
7112 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
7113 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
7114 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
7115 grammar are to blame.
7116
7117 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
7118 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
7119 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
7120 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
7121 the grammar it is working.
7122
7123 @findex YYPRINT
7124 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
7125 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
7126 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
7127 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
7128 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
7129 value (from @code{yylval}).
7130
7131 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
7132 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
7133
7134 @smallexample
7135 %@{
7136 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
7137 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
7138 %@}
7139
7140 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
7141
7142 static void
7143 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
7144 @{
7145 if (type == VAR)
7146 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
7147 else if (type == NUM)
7148 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
7149 @}
7150 @end smallexample
7151
7152 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
7153
7154 @node Invocation
7155 @chapter Invoking Bison
7156 @cindex invoking Bison
7157 @cindex Bison invocation
7158 @cindex options for invoking Bison
7159
7160 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
7161
7162 @example
7163 bison @var{infile}
7164 @end example
7165
7166 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
7167 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
7168 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
7169 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
7170 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
7171 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
7172 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
7173 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
7174 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
7175 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
7176 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
7177 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
7178
7179 For example :
7180
7181 @example
7182 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
7183 @end example
7184 @noindent
7185 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
7186
7187 @example
7188 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
7189 @end example
7190 @noindent
7191 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
7192
7193 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
7194 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
7195 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
7196
7197 @menu
7198 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
7199 in alphabetical order by short options.
7200 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
7201 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
7202 @end menu
7203
7204 @node Bison Options
7205 @section Bison Options
7206
7207 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
7208 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
7209 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
7210 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
7211 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
7212 @samp{=}.
7213
7214 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
7215 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
7216 option.
7217
7218 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
7219 @noindent
7220 Operations modes:
7221 @table @option
7222 @item -h
7223 @itemx --help
7224 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
7225
7226 @item -V
7227 @itemx --version
7228 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
7229
7230 @item --print-localedir
7231 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
7232
7233 @item -y
7234 @itemx --yacc
7235 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
7236 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
7237 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
7238 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
7239 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
7240 @file{y.tab.h}.
7241 Also, if generating an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser in C, generate @code{#define}
7242 statements in addition to an @code{enum} to associate token numbers with token
7243 names.
7244 Thus, the following shell script can substitute for Yacc, and the Bison
7245 distribution contains such a script for compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
7246
7247 @example
7248 #! /bin/sh
7249 bison -y "$@@"
7250 @end example
7251
7252 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
7253 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
7254 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
7255 this option is specified.
7256
7257 @end table
7258
7259 @noindent
7260 Tuning the parser:
7261
7262 @table @option
7263 @item -S @var{file}
7264 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
7265 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
7266 you are developing Bison.
7267
7268 @item -t
7269 @itemx --debug
7270 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
7271 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
7272 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
7273
7274 @item --locations
7275 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7276
7277 @item -p @var{prefix}
7278 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
7279 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix "@var{prefix}"} was specified.
7280 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7281
7282 @item -l
7283 @itemx --no-lines
7284 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
7285 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
7286 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
7287 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
7288 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
7289
7290 @item -n
7291 @itemx --no-parser
7292 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7293
7294 @item -k
7295 @itemx --token-table
7296 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7297 @end table
7298
7299 @noindent
7300 Adjust the output:
7301
7302 @table @option
7303 @item -d
7304 @itemx --defines
7305 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
7306 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
7307 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7308
7309 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
7310 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
7311
7312 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
7313 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
7314 Pretend that @code{%file-prefix} was specified, i.e., specify prefix to use
7315 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7316
7317 @item -r @var{things}
7318 @itemx --report=@var{things}
7319 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
7320 separated list of @var{things} among:
7321
7322 @table @code
7323 @item state
7324 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
7325 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
7326
7327 @item lookahead
7328 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7329 each rule's lookahead set.
7330
7331 @item itemset
7332 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7333 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
7334 @end table
7335
7336 @item -v
7337 @itemx --verbose
7338 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
7339 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
7340 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7341
7342 @item -o @var{file}
7343 @itemx --output=@var{file}
7344 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
7345
7346 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
7347 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
7348
7349 @item -g
7350 Output a graphical representation of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
7351 automaton computed by Bison, in @uref{http://www.graphviz.org/, Graphviz}
7352 @uref{http://www.graphviz.org/doc/info/lang.html, @acronym{DOT}} format.
7353 If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the output file will
7354 be @file{foo.dot}.
7355
7356 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
7357 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
7358 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
7359 the output graph file.
7360 @end table
7361
7362 @node Option Cross Key
7363 @section Option Cross Key
7364
7365 @c FIXME: How about putting the directives too?
7366 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
7367 the corresponding short option.
7368
7369 @multitable {@option{--defines=@var{defines-file}}} {@option{-b @var{file-prefix}XXX}}
7370 @headitem Long Option @tab Short Option
7371 @item @option{--debug} @tab @option{-t}
7372 @item @option{--defines=@var{defines-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7373 @item @option{--file-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-b @var{file-prefix}}
7374 @item @option{--graph=@var{graph-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7375 @item @option{--help} @tab @option{-h}
7376 @item @option{--name-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-p @var{name-prefix}}
7377 @item @option{--no-lines} @tab @option{-l}
7378 @item @option{--no-parser} @tab @option{-n}
7379 @item @option{--output=@var{outfile}} @tab @option{-o @var{outfile}}
7380 @item @option{--print-localedir} @tab
7381 @item @option{--token-table} @tab @option{-k}
7382 @item @option{--verbose} @tab @option{-v}
7383 @item @option{--version} @tab @option{-V}
7384 @item @option{--yacc} @tab @option{-y}
7385 @end multitable
7386
7387 @node Yacc Library
7388 @section Yacc Library
7389
7390 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
7391 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
7392 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
7393 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
7394 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
7395 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
7396 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
7397
7398 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
7399 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
7400
7401 @example
7402 int yyerror (char const *);
7403 @end example
7404
7405 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
7406 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
7407 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
7408
7409 @example
7410 int yyparse (void);
7411 @end example
7412
7413 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
7414
7415 @node C++ Language Interface
7416 @chapter C++ Language Interface
7417
7418 @menu
7419 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
7420 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
7421 @end menu
7422
7423 @node C++ Parsers
7424 @section C++ Parsers
7425
7426 @menu
7427 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
7428 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
7429 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
7430 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
7431 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
7432 @end menu
7433
7434 @node C++ Bison Interface
7435 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
7436 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
7437 @c - Always pure
7438 @c - initial action
7439
7440 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To
7441 select it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc}
7442 to Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
7443 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
7444 entities in the @samp{yy} namespace. Use the @samp{%name-prefix}
7445 directive to change the namespace name, see @ref{Decl Summary}. The
7446 various classes are generated in the following files:
7447
7448 @table @file
7449 @item position.hh
7450 @itemx location.hh
7451 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
7452 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
7453
7454 @item stack.hh
7455 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
7456
7457 @item @var{file}.hh
7458 @itemx @var{file}.cc
7459 (Assuming the extension of the input file was @samp{.yy}.) The
7460 declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class. The basename
7461 and extension of these two files follow the same rules as with regular C
7462 parsers (@pxref{Invocation}).
7463
7464 The header is @emph{mandatory}; you must either pass
7465 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
7466 @samp{%defines} directive.
7467 @end table
7468
7469 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
7470 for a complete and accurate documentation.
7471
7472 @node C++ Semantic Values
7473 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
7474 @c - No objects in unions
7475 @c - YYSTYPE
7476 @c - Printer and destructor
7477
7478 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
7479 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
7480 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
7481 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
7482 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
7483 @itemize @minus
7484 @item
7485 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
7486 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
7487 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
7488 @item
7489 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
7490 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
7491 to such objects are allowed.
7492 @end itemize
7493
7494 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
7495 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
7496 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
7497 Symbols}.
7498
7499
7500 @node C++ Location Values
7501 @subsection C++ Location Values
7502 @c - %locations
7503 @c - class Position
7504 @c - class Location
7505 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
7506
7507 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
7508 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
7509 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
7510 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
7511 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
7512
7513 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
7514 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
7515 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
7516 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
7517 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
7518 @end deftypemethod
7519
7520 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
7521 The line, starting at 1.
7522 @end deftypemethod
7523
7524 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7525 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
7526 @end deftypemethod
7527
7528 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
7529 The column, starting at 0.
7530 @end deftypemethod
7531
7532 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7533 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
7534 @end deftypemethod
7535
7536 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7537 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7538 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7539 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7540 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7541 @end deftypemethod
7542
7543 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7544 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7545 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7546 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7547 @end deftypemethod
7548
7549 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7550 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7551 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7552 @end deftypemethod
7553
7554 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7555 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7556 Advance the @code{end} position.
7557 @end deftypemethod
7558
7559 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7560 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7561 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7562 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7563 @end deftypemethod
7564
7565 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7566 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7567 @end deftypemethod
7568
7569
7570 @node C++ Parser Interface
7571 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7572 @c - define parser_class_name
7573 @c - Ctor
7574 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7575 @c debug_stream.
7576 @c - Reporting errors
7577
7578 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7579 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7580 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7581 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7582 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
7583 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7584 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7585 additional argument for its constructor.
7586
7587 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7588 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7589 The types for semantics value and locations.
7590 @end defcv
7591
7592 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7593 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7594 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7595 @end deftypemethod
7596
7597 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7598 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7599 @end deftypemethod
7600
7601 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7602 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7603 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7604 @code{std::cerr}.
7605 @end deftypemethod
7606
7607 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7608 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7609 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7610 or nonzero, full tracing.
7611 @end deftypemethod
7612
7613 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7614 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7615 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7616 described by @var{m}.
7617 @end deftypemethod
7618
7619
7620 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7621 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7622 @c - prefix for yylex.
7623 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7624 @c - %lex-param
7625
7626 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7627 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7628 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7629
7630 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7631 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7632 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7633 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7634 @end deftypemethod
7635
7636
7637 @node A Complete C++ Example
7638 @section A Complete C++ Example
7639
7640 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7641 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7642 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7643 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7644 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7645 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7646 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7647 actually easier to interface with.
7648
7649 @menu
7650 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7651 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7652 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7653 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7654 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7655 @end menu
7656
7657 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7658 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7659
7660 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7661 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
7662 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7663 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7664 of valid input follows.
7665
7666 @example
7667 three := 3
7668 seven := one + two * three
7669 seven * seven
7670 @end example
7671
7672 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7673 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7674 @c - An env
7675 @c - A place to store error messages
7676 @c - A place for the result
7677
7678 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7679 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7680 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7681 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7682 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7683 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7684 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7685
7686 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7687 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7688 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7689 class.
7690
7691 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7692 @example
7693 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7694 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7695 # include <string>
7696 # include <map>
7697 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7698 @end example
7699
7700
7701 @noindent
7702 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7703 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7704 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7705 factor both as follows.
7706
7707 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7708 @example
7709 // Tell Flex the lexer's prototype ...
7710 # define YY_DECL \
7711 yy::calcxx_parser::token_type \
7712 yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7713 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7714 calcxx_driver& driver)
7715 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7716 YY_DECL;
7717 @end example
7718
7719 @noindent
7720 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7721 members.
7722
7723 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7724 @example
7725 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7726 class calcxx_driver
7727 @{
7728 public:
7729 calcxx_driver ();
7730 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7731
7732 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7733
7734 int result;
7735 @end example
7736
7737 @noindent
7738 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7739 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7740
7741 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7742 @example
7743 // Handling the scanner.
7744 void scan_begin ();
7745 void scan_end ();
7746 bool trace_scanning;
7747 @end example
7748
7749 @noindent
7750 Similarly for the parser itself.
7751
7752 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7753 @example
7754 // Handling the parser.
7755 void parse (const std::string& f);
7756 std::string file;
7757 bool trace_parsing;
7758 @end example
7759
7760 @noindent
7761 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7762 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7763 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7764 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7765
7766 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7767 @example
7768 // Error handling.
7769 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7770 void error (const std::string& m);
7771 @};
7772 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7773 @end example
7774
7775 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7776 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7777 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7778 messages and set error state.
7779
7780 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7781 @example
7782 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7783 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7784
7785 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7786 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7787 @{
7788 variables["one"] = 1;
7789 variables["two"] = 2;
7790 @}
7791
7792 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7793 @{
7794 @}
7795
7796 void
7797 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7798 @{
7799 file = f;
7800 scan_begin ();
7801 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7802 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7803 parser.parse ();
7804 scan_end ();
7805 @}
7806
7807 void
7808 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7809 @{
7810 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7811 @}
7812
7813 void
7814 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7815 @{
7816 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7817 @}
7818 @end example
7819
7820 @node Calc++ Parser
7821 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7822
7823 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
7824 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7825 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
7826 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
7827 the grammar for.
7828
7829 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7830 @example
7831 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7832 %require "2.1a"
7833 %defines
7834 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7835 @end example
7836
7837 @noindent
7838 @findex %requires
7839 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
7840 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
7841 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
7842 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
7843 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
7844 use a forward declaration of the driver.
7845 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%requires}.
7846
7847 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7848 @example
7849 %requires @{
7850 # include <string>
7851 class calcxx_driver;
7852 @}
7853 @end example
7854
7855 @noindent
7856 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7857 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7858 global variables.
7859
7860 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7861 @example
7862 // The parsing context.
7863 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7864 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7865 @end example
7866
7867 @noindent
7868 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7869 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7870 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7871 automatically propagated.
7872
7873 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7874 @example
7875 %locations
7876 %initial-action
7877 @{
7878 // Initialize the initial location.
7879 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7880 @};
7881 @end example
7882
7883 @noindent
7884 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7885 error messages.
7886
7887 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7888 @example
7889 %debug
7890 %error-verbose
7891 @end example
7892
7893 @noindent
7894 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7895 them.
7896
7897 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7898 @example
7899 // Symbols.
7900 %union
7901 @{
7902 int ival;
7903 std::string *sval;
7904 @};
7905 @end example
7906
7907 @noindent
7908 @findex %code
7909 The code between @samp{%code @{} and @samp{@}} is output in the
7910 @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed knowledge about the driver.
7911
7912 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7913 @example
7914 %code @{
7915 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7916 @}
7917 @end example
7918
7919
7920 @noindent
7921 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7922 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7923 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7924 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7925 avoid name clashes.
7926
7927 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7928 @example
7929 %token END 0 "end of file"
7930 %token ASSIGN ":="
7931 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7932 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
7933 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7934 @end example
7935
7936 @noindent
7937 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7938 @code{%destructor}.
7939
7940 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
7941 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7942 @example
7943 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7944 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7945
7946 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7947 @end example
7948
7949 @noindent
7950 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7951
7952 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7953 @example
7954 %%
7955 %start unit;
7956 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7957
7958 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7959 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7960
7961 assignment:
7962 "identifier" ":=" exp
7963 @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; delete $1; @};
7964
7965 %left '+' '-';
7966 %left '*' '/';
7967 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7968 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7969 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7970 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7971 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; delete $1; @}
7972 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
7973 %%
7974 @end example
7975
7976 @noindent
7977 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7978 driver.
7979
7980 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7981 @example
7982 void
7983 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7984 const std::string& m)
7985 @{
7986 driver.error (l, m);
7987 @}
7988 @end example
7989
7990 @node Calc++ Scanner
7991 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7992
7993 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7994 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7995
7996 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7997 @example
7998 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7999 # include <cstdlib>
8000 # include <errno.h>
8001 # include <limits.h>
8002 # include <string>
8003 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
8004 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
8005
8006 /* Work around an incompatibility in flex (at least versions
8007 2.5.31 through 2.5.33): it generates code that does
8008 not conform to C89. See Debian bug 333231
8009 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
8010 # undef yywrap
8011 # define yywrap() 1
8012
8013 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type.
8014 Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is
8015 not of token_type. */
8016 #define yyterminate() return token::END
8017 %@}
8018 @end example
8019
8020 @noindent
8021 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
8022 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
8023 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
8024 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
8025
8026 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8027 @example
8028 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
8029 @end example
8030
8031 @noindent
8032 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
8033
8034 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8035 @example
8036 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
8037 int [0-9]+
8038 blank [ \t]
8039 @end example
8040
8041 @noindent
8042 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
8043 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
8044 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
8045 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
8046 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
8047 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
8048 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
8049
8050 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8051 @example
8052 %@{
8053 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
8054 %@}
8055 %%
8056 %@{
8057 yylloc->step ();
8058 %@}
8059 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
8060 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
8061 @end example
8062
8063 @noindent
8064 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
8065 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
8066 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
8067 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
8068
8069 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8070 @example
8071 %@{
8072 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
8073 %@}
8074 /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens. */
8075 [-+*/] return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]);
8076 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
8077 @{int@} @{
8078 errno = 0;
8079 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
8080 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
8081 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
8082 yylval->ival = n;
8083 return token::NUMBER;
8084 @}
8085 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
8086 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
8087 %%
8088 @end example
8089
8090 @noindent
8091 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
8092 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
8093
8094 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8095 @example
8096 void
8097 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
8098 @{
8099 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
8100 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
8101 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
8102 @}
8103
8104 void
8105 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
8106 @{
8107 fclose (yyin);
8108 @}
8109 @end example
8110
8111 @node Calc++ Top Level
8112 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
8113
8114 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
8115
8116 @comment file: calc++.cc
8117 @example
8118 #include <iostream>
8119 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
8120
8121 int
8122 main (int argc, char *argv[])
8123 @{
8124 calcxx_driver driver;
8125 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
8126 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
8127 driver.trace_parsing = true;
8128 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
8129 driver.trace_scanning = true;
8130 else
8131 @{
8132 driver.parse (*argv);
8133 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
8134 @}
8135 @}
8136 @end example
8137
8138 @c ================================================= FAQ
8139
8140 @node FAQ
8141 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
8142 @cindex frequently asked questions
8143 @cindex questions
8144
8145 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
8146 are addressed.
8147
8148 @menu
8149 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
8150 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
8151 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
8152 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
8153 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
8154 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
8155 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
8156 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
8157 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
8158 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
8159 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
8160 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
8161 @end menu
8162
8163 @node Memory Exhausted
8164 @section Memory Exhausted
8165
8166 @display
8167 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
8168 message. What can I do?
8169 @end display
8170
8171 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
8172 ,Recursive Rules}.
8173
8174 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
8175 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
8176
8177 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
8178 following typical questions:
8179
8180 @display
8181 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
8182 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
8183 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
8184 @end display
8185
8186 @noindent
8187 or
8188
8189 @display
8190 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
8191 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
8192 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
8193 @end display
8194
8195 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
8196 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
8197 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
8198 demonstration, consider the following source file,
8199 @file{first-line.l}:
8200
8201 @verbatim
8202 %{
8203 #include <stdio.h>
8204 #include <stdlib.h>
8205 %}
8206 %%
8207 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
8208 %%
8209 int
8210 yyparse (char const *file)
8211 {
8212 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
8213 if (!yyin)
8214 exit (2);
8215 /* One token only. */
8216 yylex ();
8217 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
8218 exit (3);
8219 return 0;
8220 }
8221
8222 int
8223 main (void)
8224 {
8225 yyparse ("input");
8226 yyparse ("input");
8227 return 0;
8228 }
8229 @end verbatim
8230
8231 @noindent
8232 If the file @file{input} contains
8233
8234 @verbatim
8235 input:1: Hello,
8236 input:2: World!
8237 @end verbatim
8238
8239 @noindent
8240 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
8241
8242 @example
8243 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
8244 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
8245 $ @kbd{./first-line}
8246 input:1: Hello,
8247 input:2: World!
8248 @end example
8249
8250 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
8251 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
8252 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
8253 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
8254 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
8255 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
8256 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
8257 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
8258 input buffers.
8259
8260 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
8261 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
8262 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
8263 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
8264
8265 @node Strings are Destroyed
8266 @section Strings are Destroyed
8267
8268 @display
8269 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
8270 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
8271 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
8272 @end display
8273
8274 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
8275 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
8276 of the scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
8277
8278 @verbatim
8279 %{
8280 #include <stdio.h>
8281 char *yylval = NULL;
8282 %}
8283 %%
8284 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
8285 \n /* IGNORE */
8286 %%
8287 int
8288 main ()
8289 {
8290 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
8291 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
8292 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
8293 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
8294 return 0;
8295 }
8296 @end verbatim
8297
8298 If you compile and run this code, you get:
8299
8300 @example
8301 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
8302 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
8303 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
8304 "one
8305 two", "two"
8306 @end example
8307
8308 @noindent
8309 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
8310 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
8311 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
8312 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
8313 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
8314 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
8315
8316 @example
8317 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
8318 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
8319 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
8320 "two", "two"
8321 @end example
8322
8323
8324 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
8325 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
8326
8327 @display
8328 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
8329 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
8330 @end display
8331
8332 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
8333 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
8334 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
8335 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
8336 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
8337 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
8338 execute simple instructions one after the others.
8339
8340 @cindex abstract syntax tree
8341 @cindex @acronym{AST}
8342 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
8343 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
8344 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
8345 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
8346 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
8347 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
8348 compiler.
8349
8350 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
8351 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
8352
8353
8354 @node Multiple start-symbols
8355 @section Multiple start-symbols
8356
8357 @display
8358 I have several closely related grammars, and I would like to share their
8359 implementations. In fact, I could use a single grammar but with
8360 multiple entry points.
8361 @end display
8362
8363 Bison does not support multiple start-symbols, but there is a very
8364 simple means to simulate them. If @code{foo} and @code{bar} are the two
8365 pseudo start-symbols, then introduce two new tokens, say
8366 @code{START_FOO} and @code{START_BAR}, and use them as switches from the
8367 real start-symbol:
8368
8369 @example
8370 %token START_FOO START_BAR;
8371 %start start;
8372 start: START_FOO foo
8373 | START_BAR bar;
8374 @end example
8375
8376 These tokens prevents the introduction of new conflicts. As far as the
8377 parser goes, that is all that is needed.
8378
8379 Now the difficult part is ensuring that the scanner will send these
8380 tokens first. If your scanner is hand-written, that should be
8381 straightforward. If your scanner is generated by Lex, them there is
8382 simple means to do it: recall that anything between @samp{%@{ ... %@}}
8383 after the first @code{%%} is copied verbatim in the top of the generated
8384 @code{yylex} function. Make sure a variable @code{start_token} is
8385 available in the scanner (e.g., a global variable or using
8386 @code{%lex-param} etc.), and use the following:
8387
8388 @example
8389 /* @r{Prologue.} */
8390 %%
8391 %@{
8392 if (start_token)
8393 @{
8394 int t = start_token;
8395 start_token = 0;
8396 return t;
8397 @}
8398 %@}
8399 /* @r{The rules.} */
8400 @end example
8401
8402
8403 @node Secure? Conform?
8404 @section Secure? Conform?
8405
8406 @display
8407 Is Bison secure? Does it conform to POSIX?
8408 @end display
8409
8410 If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, we don't provide it.
8411 However, Bison is intended to be a reliable program that conforms to the
8412 @acronym{POSIX} specification for Yacc. If you run into problems,
8413 please send us a bug report.
8414
8415 @node I can't build Bison
8416 @section I can't build Bison
8417
8418 @display
8419 I can't build Bison because @command{make} complains that
8420 @code{msgfmt} is not found.
8421 What should I do?
8422 @end display
8423
8424 Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that feature
8425 is turned on by default. If you have problems building in the @file{po}
8426 subdirectory, it indicates that your system's internationalization
8427 support is lacking. You can re-configure Bison with
8428 @option{--disable-nls} to turn off this support, or you can install GNU
8429 gettext from @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/} and re-configure
8430 Bison. See the file @file{ABOUT-NLS} for more information.
8431
8432
8433 @node Where can I find help?
8434 @section Where can I find help?
8435
8436 @display
8437 I'm having trouble using Bison. Where can I find help?
8438 @end display
8439
8440 First, read this fine manual. Beyond that, you can send mail to
8441 @email{help-bison@@gnu.org}. This mailing list is intended to be
8442 populated with people who are willing to answer questions about using
8443 and installing Bison. Please keep in mind that (most of) the people on
8444 the list have aspects of their lives which are not related to Bison (!),
8445 so you may not receive an answer to your question right away. This can
8446 be frustrating, but please try not to honk them off; remember that any
8447 help they provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
8448 hearts.
8449
8450 @node Bug Reports
8451 @section Bug Reports
8452
8453 @display
8454 I found a bug. What should I include in the bug report?
8455 @end display
8456
8457 Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
8458 version. Check @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/} or one of its
8459 mirrors. Be sure to include the version number in your bug report. If
8460 the bug is present in the latest version but not in a previous version,
8461 try to determine the most recent version which did not contain the bug.
8462
8463 If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest grammar
8464 you can which demonstrates the bug. The grammar file should also be
8465 complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through Bison without having
8466 to edit or add anything). The smaller and simpler the grammar, the
8467 easier it will be to fix the bug.
8468
8469 Include information about your compilation environment, including your
8470 operating system's name and version and your compiler's name and
8471 version. If you have trouble compiling, you should also include a
8472 transcript of the build session, starting with the invocation of
8473 `configure'. Depending on the nature of the bug, you may be asked to
8474 send additional files as well (such as `config.h' or `config.cache').
8475
8476 Patches are most welcome, but not required. That is, do not hesitate to
8477 send a bug report just because you can not provide a fix.
8478
8479 Send bug reports to @email{bug-bison@@gnu.org}.
8480
8481 @node Other Languages
8482 @section Other Languages
8483
8484 @display
8485 Will Bison ever have C++ support? How about Java or @var{insert your
8486 favorite language here}?
8487 @end display
8488
8489 C++ support is there now, and is documented. We'd love to add other
8490 languages; contributions are welcome.
8491
8492 @node Beta Testing
8493 @section Beta Testing
8494
8495 @display
8496 What is involved in being a beta tester?
8497 @end display
8498
8499 It's not terribly involved. Basically, you would download a test
8500 release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two. After
8501 that, you would submit either a bug report or a message saying that
8502 everything is okay. It is important to report successes as well as
8503 failures because test releases eventually become mainstream releases,
8504 but only if they are adequately tested. If no one tests, development is
8505 essentially halted.
8506
8507 Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to which the
8508 developers do not have easy access. They currently have easy access to
8509 recent GNU/Linux and Solaris versions. Reports about other operating
8510 systems are especially welcome.
8511
8512 @node Mailing Lists
8513 @section Mailing Lists
8514
8515 @display
8516 How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
8517 @end display
8518
8519 See @url{http://lists.gnu.org/}.
8520
8521 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
8522
8523 @node Table of Symbols
8524 @appendix Bison Symbols
8525 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
8526 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
8527
8528 @deffn {Variable} @@$
8529 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
8530 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8531 @end deffn
8532
8533 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
8534 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
8535 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8536 @end deffn
8537
8538 @deffn {Variable} $$
8539 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
8540 @xref{Actions}.
8541 @end deffn
8542
8543 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
8544 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
8545 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
8546 @end deffn
8547
8548 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
8549 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
8550 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
8551 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
8552 @end deffn
8553
8554 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
8555 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
8556 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
8557 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
8558 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
8559 Grammar}.
8560 @end deffn
8561
8562 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
8563 Comment delimiters, as in C.
8564 @end deffn
8565
8566 @deffn {Delimiter} :
8567 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
8568 Grammar Rules}.
8569 @end deffn
8570
8571 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
8572 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8573 @end deffn
8574
8575 @deffn {Delimiter} |
8576 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
8577 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8578 @end deffn
8579
8580 @deffn {Directive} <*>
8581 Used to define a default tagged @code{%destructor} or default tagged
8582 @code{%printer}.
8583
8584 This feature is experimental.
8585 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
8586 feature.
8587
8588 @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8589 @end deffn
8590
8591 @deffn {Directive} <>
8592 Used to define a default tagless @code{%destructor} or default tagless
8593 @code{%printer}.
8594
8595 This feature is experimental.
8596 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
8597 feature.
8598
8599 @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8600 @end deffn
8601
8602 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
8603 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
8604 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
8605 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
8606 @end deffn
8607
8608 @deffn {Directive} %code @{@var{code}@}
8609 Other than semantic actions, this is probably the most common place you should
8610 write verbatim code for the parser implementation.
8611 It replaces the traditional Yacc prologue,
8612 @comment For C/C++, it replaces the traditional Yacc prologue,
8613 @code{%@{@var{code}%@}}, for most purposes.
8614 @comment For Java, it inserts code into the parser class.
8615
8616 @cindex Prologue
8617 @findex %union
8618 Compare with @code{%@{@var{code}%@}} (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue})
8619 appearing after the first @code{%union @{@var{code}@}} in a C/C++ based grammar
8620 file.
8621 While Bison will continue to support @code{%@{@var{code}%@}} for backward
8622 compatibility, @code{%code @{@var{code}@}} is cleaner as its functionality does
8623 not depend on its position in the grammar file relative to any
8624 @code{%union @{@var{code}@}}.
8625 Specifically, @code{%code @{@var{code}@}} always inserts your @var{code} into
8626 the parser code file after the usual contents of the parser header file.
8627
8628 (Like all the Yacc prologue alternative directives, this directive is
8629 experimental.
8630 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
8631 feature.)
8632
8633 @xref{Prologue Alternatives}.
8634 @end deffn
8635
8636 @deffn {Directive} %code-top @{@var{code}@}
8637 Occasionally it is desirable to insert code near the top of the
8638 @comment Occasionally for C/C++ it is desirable to insert code near the top of the
8639 parser code file.
8640 For example:
8641
8642 @smallexample
8643 %code-top @{
8644 #define _GNU_SOURCE
8645 #include <stdio.h>
8646 @}
8647 @end smallexample
8648
8649 @comment @noindent
8650 @comment For Java, @code{%code-top @{@var{code}@}} is currently unused.
8651
8652 @cindex Prologue
8653 @findex %union
8654 Compare with @code{%@{@var{code}%@}} appearing before the first
8655 @code{%union @{@var{code}@}} in a C/C++ based grammar file.
8656 @code{%code-top @{@var{code}@}} is cleaner as its functionality does not depend
8657 on its position in the grammar file relative to any
8658 @code{%union @{@var{code}@}}.
8659
8660 (Like all the Yacc prologue alternative directives, this directive is
8661 experimental.
8662 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
8663 feature.)
8664
8665 @xref{Prologue Alternatives}.
8666 @end deffn
8667
8668 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8669 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8670 @end deffn
8671
8672 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8673 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8674 @end deffn
8675
8676 @ifset defaultprec
8677 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
8678 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8679 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8680 Precedence}.
8681 @end deffn
8682 @end ifset
8683
8684 @deffn {Directive} %defines
8685 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
8686 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8687 @end deffn
8688
8689 @deffn {Directive} %defines @var{defines-file}
8690 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
8691 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8692 @end deffn
8693
8694 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
8695 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
8696 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8697 @end deffn
8698
8699 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
8700 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
8701 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
8702 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8703 @end deffn
8704
8705 @deffn {Symbol} $end
8706 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
8707 used in the grammar.
8708 @end deffn
8709
8710 @deffn {Symbol} error
8711 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
8712 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
8713 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
8714 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
8715 token @code{error} becomes the current lookahead token. Actions
8716 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the lookahead
8717 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
8718 @xref{Error Recovery}.
8719 @end deffn
8720
8721 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
8722 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
8723 when @code{yyerror} is called.
8724 @end deffn
8725
8726 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix "@var{prefix}"
8727 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
8728 Summary}.
8729 @end deffn
8730
8731 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
8732 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
8733 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8734 @end deffn
8735
8736 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
8737 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
8738 @end deffn
8739
8740 @deffn {Directive} %left
8741 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
8742 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8743 @end deffn
8744
8745 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8746 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8747 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
8748 for Pure Parsers}.
8749 @end deffn
8750
8751 @deffn {Directive} %merge
8752 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
8753 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
8754 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
8755 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8756 @end deffn
8757
8758 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix "@var{prefix}"
8759 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8760 @end deffn
8761
8762 @ifset defaultprec
8763 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
8764 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8765 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8766 Precedence}.
8767 @end deffn
8768 @end ifset
8769
8770 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
8771 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
8772 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8773 @end deffn
8774
8775 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
8776 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
8777 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8778 @end deffn
8779
8780 @deffn {Directive} %output "@var{file}"
8781 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
8782 Summary}.
8783 @end deffn
8784
8785 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8786 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8787 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
8788 Function @code{yyparse}}.
8789 @end deffn
8790
8791 @deffn {Directive} %prec
8792 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
8793 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
8794 @end deffn
8795
8796 @deffn {Directive} %provides @{@var{code}@}
8797 This is the right place to write additional definitions you would like Bison to
8798 expose externally.
8799 That is, this directive inserts your @var{code} both into the parser header
8800 @comment For C/C++, this directive inserts your @var{code} both into the parser header
8801 file (if generated; @pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%defines}) and into the parser
8802 code file after Bison's required definitions.
8803 @comment For Java, it inserts your @var{code} into the parser java file after the parser
8804 @comment class.
8805
8806 (Like all the Yacc prologue alternative directives, this directive is
8807 experimental.
8808 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
8809 feature.)
8810
8811 @xref{Prologue Alternatives}.
8812 @end deffn
8813
8814 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
8815 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
8816 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8817 @end deffn
8818
8819 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
8820 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
8821 Require a Version of Bison}.
8822 @end deffn
8823
8824 @deffn {Directive} %requires @{@var{code}@}
8825 This is the right place to write dependency code for externally exposed
8826 definitions required by Bison.
8827 Such exposed definitions are those usually appearing in the parser
8828 @comment For C/C++, such exposed definitions are those usually appearing in the parser
8829 header file.
8830 Thus, this is the right place to define types referenced in
8831 @code{%union @{@var{code}@}} directives, and it is the right place to override
8832 Bison's default @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE} definitions.
8833 @comment For Java, this is the right place to write import directives.
8834
8835 @cindex Prologue
8836 @findex %union
8837 Compare with @code{%@{@var{code}%@}} (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue})
8838 appearing before the first @code{%union @{@var{code}@}} in a C/C++ based
8839 grammar file.
8840 Unlike @code{%@{@var{code}%@}}, @code{%requires @{@var{code}@}} inserts your
8841 @var{code} both into the parser code file and into the parser header file (if
8842 generated; @pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%defines}) since Bison's required
8843 definitions should depend on it in both places.
8844
8845 (Like all the Yacc prologue alternative directives, this directive is
8846 experimental.
8847 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
8848 feature.)
8849
8850 @xref{Prologue Alternatives}.
8851 @end deffn
8852
8853 @deffn {Directive} %right
8854 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
8855 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8856 @end deffn
8857
8858 @deffn {Directive} %start
8859 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
8860 Start-Symbol}.
8861 @end deffn
8862
8863 @deffn {Directive} %token
8864 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
8865 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
8866 @end deffn
8867
8868 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
8869 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
8870 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8871 @end deffn
8872
8873 @deffn {Directive} %type
8874 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
8875 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
8876 @end deffn
8877
8878 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
8879 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
8880 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
8881 @code{error}.
8882 @end deffn
8883
8884 @deffn {Directive} %union
8885 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
8886 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
8887 @end deffn
8888
8889 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
8890 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
8891 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
8892 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
8893 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8894 @end deffn
8895
8896 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
8897 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
8898 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
8899 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8900 @end deffn
8901
8902 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
8903 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a lookahead
8904 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8905 @end deffn
8906
8907 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8908 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
8909 lookahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8910 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8911 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8912 @end deffn
8913
8914 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
8915 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
8916 lookahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8917 @end deffn
8918
8919 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
8920 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
8921 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8922 @end deffn
8923
8924 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8925 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8926 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8927 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8928 @end deffn
8929
8930 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8931 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8932 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8933 @end deffn
8934
8935 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8936 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8937 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8938 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8939 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8940 @end deffn
8941
8942 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8943 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8944 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8945 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8946 @end deffn
8947
8948 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8949 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8950 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8951 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8952 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8953 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8954 @end deffn
8955
8956 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8957 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8958 @xref{Memory Management}.
8959 @end deffn
8960
8961 @deffn {Function} yylex
8962 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8963 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8964 @code{yylex}}.
8965 @end deffn
8966
8967 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8968 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8969 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
8970 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8971 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8972 @end deffn
8973
8974 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8975 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8976 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8977 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8978 @code{yylex}.)
8979 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
8980 grammar actions.
8981 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8982 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the lookahead token.
8983 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
8984 @end deffn
8985
8986 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8987 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8988 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8989 @end deffn
8990
8991 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8992 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8993 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8994 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8995 @code{yylex}.)
8996 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8997 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the lookahead token.
8998 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
8999 @end deffn
9000
9001 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
9002 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
9003 Management}.
9004 @end deffn
9005
9006 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
9007 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
9008 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
9009 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
9010 @end deffn
9011
9012 @deffn {Function} yyparse
9013 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
9014 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
9015 @end deffn
9016
9017 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
9018 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
9019 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
9020 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
9021 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
9022 @end deffn
9023
9024 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
9025 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
9026 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
9027 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
9028 @end deffn
9029
9030 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
9031 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
9032 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
9033 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
9034 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
9035 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
9036 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
9037
9038 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
9039 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
9040 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
9041 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
9042 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
9043 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
9044 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
9045 @end deffn
9046
9047 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
9048 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
9049 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
9050 @end deffn
9051
9052 @node Glossary
9053 @appendix Glossary
9054 @cindex glossary
9055
9056 @table @asis
9057 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
9058 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
9059 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
9060 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
9061 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9062
9063 @item Context-free grammars
9064 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
9065 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
9066 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
9067 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
9068 Grammars}.
9069
9070 @item Dynamic allocation
9071 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
9072 compile time or on entry to a function.
9073
9074 @item Empty string
9075 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
9076 character string of length zero.
9077
9078 @item Finite-state stack machine
9079 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
9080 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
9081 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
9082 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
9083 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
9084 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
9085
9086 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
9087 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
9088 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
9089 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
9090 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
9091 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
9092 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
9093 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
9094
9095 @item Grouping
9096 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
9097 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
9098 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9099
9100 @item Infix operator
9101 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
9102 performs some operation.
9103
9104 @item Input stream
9105 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
9106
9107 @item Language construct
9108 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
9109 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
9110 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9111
9112 @item Left associativity
9113 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
9114 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
9115 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
9116
9117 @item Left recursion
9118 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
9119 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
9120 Rules}.
9121
9122 @item Left-to-right parsing
9123 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
9124 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
9125
9126 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
9127 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
9128 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
9129
9130 @item Lexical tie-in
9131 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
9132 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
9133
9134 @item Literal string token
9135 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
9136
9137 @item Lookahead token
9138 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead
9139 Tokens}.
9140
9141 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
9142 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
9143 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
9144 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
9145
9146 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
9147 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
9148 lookahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
9149
9150 @item Nonterminal symbol
9151 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
9152 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
9153 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
9154
9155 @item Parser
9156 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
9157 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
9158 analyzer.
9159
9160 @item Postfix operator
9161 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
9162 performs some operation.
9163
9164 @item Reduction
9165 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
9166 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
9167 Parser Algorithm}.
9168
9169 @item Reentrant
9170 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
9171 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
9172 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
9173
9174 @item Reverse polish notation
9175 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
9176
9177 @item Right recursion
9178 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
9179 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
9180 Rules}.
9181
9182 @item Semantics
9183 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
9184 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
9185 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
9186
9187 @item Shift
9188 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
9189 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
9190 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
9191
9192 @item Single-character literal
9193 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
9194 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
9195
9196 @item Start symbol
9197 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
9198 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
9199 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
9200 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
9201
9202 @item Symbol table
9203 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
9204 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
9205 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
9206
9207 @item Syntax error
9208 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
9209 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
9210
9211 @item Token
9212 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
9213 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
9214 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
9215 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
9216
9217 @item Terminal symbol
9218 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
9219 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
9220 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9221 @end table
9222
9223 @node Copying This Manual
9224 @appendix Copying This Manual
9225
9226 @menu
9227 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
9228 @end menu
9229
9230 @include fdl.texi
9231
9232 @node Index
9233 @unnumbered Index
9234
9235 @printindex cp
9236
9237 @bye
9238
9239 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
9240 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
9241 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
9242 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
9243 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
9244 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
9245 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
9246 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
9247 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
9248 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
9249 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
9250 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
9251 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
9252 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
9253 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
9254 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
9255 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
9256 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless yynerrs
9257 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
9258 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
9259 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
9260 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
9261 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
9262 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm notype
9263 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
9264 @c LocalWords: infile ypp yxx outfile itemx tex leaderfill
9265 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
9266 @c LocalWords: nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
9267 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex